User Guide
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copyright and Trademark
© 2004-2006 palmOne, Inc. All rights reserved.
palmOne, the palmOne logo, Zire, the Zire logo, “Z” (Stylized) and stylizations and design marks associated
with all the preceding, and trade dress associated with palmOne, Inc.’s products, are among the trademarks
or registered trademarks owned by or licensed to palmOne, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Palm OS, the Palm logo,
Graffiti, HotSync, Palm, Palm Reader, the HotSync logo and the Palm and PalmSource trade dress are
trademarks owned by or licensed to PalmSource, Inc. palmOne, Inc. uses the MPEG Layer-3 audio decoding
names are or may be trademarks of, and are used to identify products or services of, their respective owners.
This product includes technology owned by Microsoft Corporation and cannot be used or distributed without
a license from Microsoft Licensing, GP.
Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability
palmOne, Inc. assumes no responsibility for any damage or loss resulting from the use of this guide.
palmOne, Inc. assumes no responsibility for any loss or claims by third parties which may arise through the
use of this software. palmOne, Inc. assumes no responsibility for any damage or loss caused by deletion of
data as a result of malfunction, dead battery, or repairs. Be sure to make backup copies of all important data
on other media to protect against data loss.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Please read the End User Software License Agreement with this product before using the
accompanying software program(s). Using any part of the software indicates that you accept the terms of the
End User Software License Agreement.
Software Download Available
®
Palm Desktop software is supplied on a CD. If you do not have access to a CD drive for your computer, you
can download Palm Desktop software from www.palmOne.com/support/intl.
v. 1.1
Zire™ 31 Handheld
ii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
About This Guide .................................................................xiv
What’s in this guide? .................................................................................xiv
Step-by-step instructions ................................................................... xiv
Links...................................................................................................... xv
Sidebars .......................................................................................................xv
Tips for viewing this guide in Adobe Acrobat Reader ............................xvi
Chapter 1: Setting Up Your Handheld
What’s in the box? ........................................................................................2
System requirem ents ...................................................................................2
Step 1: Charging your handheld ..................................................................4
What you should know about your handheld’s battery..................... 5
Step 2: Turning on your handheld for the first tim e ..................................6
Step 3: Installing your software ...................................................................7
Step 4: Connecting your handheld to your com puter ...............................8
Switching to another desktop software application ................................10
Using Profiles ..............................................................................................11
Creating a user profile .........................................................................12
Synchronizing with a user profile ......................................................14
Related topics ..............................................................................................17
Chapter 2: Exploring Your Handheld ....................................18
Locating the controls on your handheld ...................................................19
Front panel controls ............................................................................ 19
Top panel controls............................................................................... 20
Side and back panel controls ............................................................. 21
What’s on the screen? ................................................................................22
Input area ............................................................................................. 22
Application controls ............................................................................ 23
Zire™ 31 Handheld
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
What software is on m y handheld?...........................................................25
What’s on the CD? ......................................................................................26
Related topics ..............................................................................................28
Chapter 3: Moving Around in Applications .........................29
Opening applications ..................................................................................30
Using the application buttons ............................................................ 30
Using the Hom e screen....................................................................... 30
Switching between applications ........................................................ 31
Using m enus ..............................................................................................31
Using the Com m and stroke ................................................................ 32
Using the 5-way navigator .........................................................................33
Moving around the Hom e screen ...................................................... 34
Moving around record screens .......................................................... 35
Moving around dialog boxes ............................................................. 36
Moving around pick lists..................................................................... 37
Finding inform ation ...................................................................................38
Related topics ..............................................................................................39
Chapter 4: Entering Inform ation ...........................................40
How can I enter inform ation? ....................................................................41
Entering inform ation with Graffiti 2 writing .............................................41
Writing Graffiti 2 characters ...............................................................42
Graffiti 2 alphabet................................................................................ 44
Graffiti 2 num bers ............................................................................... 45
Writing Graffiti 2 sym bols and other special characters ..................50
Writing Graffiti 2 ShortCuts ................................................................52
Entering inform ation with the onscreen keyboard ..................................54
Entering inform ation with your com puter ................................................56
Im porting inform ation from other applications .......................................60
Restoring archived item s on your com puter ............................................62
Entering info from Contacts into another application .............................63
Editing inform ation .....................................................................................65
Selecting inform ation.......................................................................... 65
Zire™ 31 Handheld
iv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Copying and pasting inform ation ......................................................66
Deleting inform ation ...........................................................................67
Related topics ..............................................................................................68
Chapter 5: Synchronizing Your Handheld
w ith Your Com puter ...............................................................69
Why synchronize inform ation? ..................................................................70
What inform ation is synchronized?...........................................................71
How do I synchronize? ..............................................................................72
Synchronizing with a cable .................................................................73
Synchronizing using the IR port .........................................................74
Synchronizing over a network ............................................................78
Synchronizing by dialing in to a network ..........................................78
Custom izing your synchronization settings .............................................86
Choosing how your com puter responds to
synchronization requests .............................................................86
Setting synchronization options ........................................................88
Choosing whether application inform ation is updated ....................89
Synchronizing with an external file ...........................................................95
Related topics ..............................................................................................96
Chapter 6: Expanding Your Handheld ..................................97
What type of expansion cards can I use? .................................................98
How can expansion cards help m e?..........................................................98
Inserting an expansion card ......................................................................99
Rem oving an expansion card .................................................................100
Opening an application on an expansion card ......................................101
Opening files on an expansion card .......................................................102
Viewing card inform ation .........................................................................103
Renam ing a card ......................................................................................104
Copying applications to an expansion card ..........................................105
Rem oving all inform ation from a card ...................................................106
Related topics ............................................................................................107
Zire™ 31 Handheld
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 7: Managing Your Contacts ..................................108
Adding a contact ......................................................................................109
Entering additional contact inform ation ..........................................112
Selecting contact field types .............................................................113
Defining custom fields ......................................................................114
Selecting a contact as your business card ......................................115
Copying contact inform ation into m ultiple contacts ............................116
Locating a contact on your list ................................................................117
Deleting a contact ....................................................................................118
Custom izing the Contacts list .................................................................119
Working with Contacts on your com puter..............................................121
Related topics ............................................................................................122
Chapter 8: Managing Your Calendar ..................................123
Scheduling events ....................................................................................124
Scheduling an appointm ent .............................................................124
Scheduling an event without a start tim e .......................................126
Scheduling a repeating event—standard interval ..........................128
Scheduling a repeating event—unusual interval ............................129
Scheduling an event that is longer than a day ...............................131
Entering a location or a note for an event .......................................132
Color-coding your schedule .....................................................................133
Selecting your color-codes ...............................................................133
Assigning a color-code to an event .................................................136
Setting an alarm .......................................................................................137
Rescheduling an event ............................................................................138
Deleting events .........................................................................................140
Deleting a specific event ...................................................................140
Deleting all your old events ..............................................................142
Checking your schedule ...........................................................................143
Viewing your appointm ents and tasks together .............................143
Viewing your daily schedule ............................................................145
Viewing your weekly schedule .........................................................147
Viewing your m onthly schedule ......................................................148
Finding events that overlap .............................................................. 149
Zire™ 31 Handheld
vi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Custom izing your calendar ......................................................................149
Custom izing display options for your calendar ..............................150
Working with Calendar on your com puter .............................................155
Related topics ............................................................................................156
Chapter 9: Managing Your Tasks ........................................157
Creating a task ..........................................................................................158
Setting an alarm ................................................................................159
Scheduling a repeating task—standard interval .............................160
Scheduling a repeating task—unusual interval ..............................162
Organizing your tasks ..............................................................................164
Marking a task com plete .........................................................................165
Deleting tasks ...........................................................................................166
Deleting a specific task ......................................................................166
Deleting all your com pleted tasks ....................................................167
Custom izing your Tasks list ....................................................................168
Working with Tasks on your com puter ...................................................170
Related topics ............................................................................................171
Chapter 10: Writing Mem os ................................................172
Creating a m em o .....................................................................................173
Viewing and editing a m em o ..................................................................174
Moving m em os in your m em os list .......................................................175
Deleting a m em o ......................................................................................176
Working with Mem os on your com puter................................................177
Related topics ............................................................................................178
Chapter 11: Writing Notes in Note Pad..............................179
Creating a note .........................................................................................180
Choosing the pen and paper (background) colors .........................181
Setting an alarm ................................................................................183
Viewing and editing a note .....................................................................185
Deleting a note .........................................................................................186
Zire™ 31 Handheld
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Working with Note Pad on your com puter .............................................187
Related topics ............................................................................................188
Chapter 12: Perform ing Calculations .................................189
Calculator buttons .....................................................................................190
Viewing recent calculations ....................................................................191
Related topics ............................................................................................192
Chapter 13: Managing Your Expenses ...............................193
Adding an expense ...................................................................................194
Choosing currency options ......................................................................196
Custom izing the currency pick list ...................................................196
Presetting the currency sym bol .......................................................197
Deleting expenses .....................................................................................200
Deleting an individual expense ........................................................200
Deleting an entire category of expenses .........................................201
Custom izing the expense list ...................................................................202
Working with Expense on your com puter ..............................................203
Related topics ............................................................................................204
Chapter 14: Listening to Music...........................................205
Transferring MP3 files to an expansion card .........................................206
Transferring m usic from a CD to an expansion card ............................209
Playing m usic on your handheld ............................................................213
Managing playlists ....................................................................................214
Creating a playlist ..............................................................................214
Playing songs from a playlist ...........................................................216
Editing a playlist ................................................................................217
Deleting a playlist ..............................................................................219
Viewing song info ....................................................................................220
Working with RealOne Player on your com puter ..................................221
Related topics ............................................................................................222
Zire™ 31 Handheld
viii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 15: View ing Photos ...............................................223
Viewing photos .........................................................................................226
Viewing a photo in Thum bnail view ................................................226
Viewing a photo in List view ............................................................227
Viewing a slide show ........................................................................228
Rotating a photo ................................................................................229
Viewing and editing photo details ...................................................231
Organizing photos ....................................................................................233
Organizing photos in album s ...........................................................233
Moving a photo within and between album s .................................235
Sorting photos in List view ...............................................................236
Copying a photo .......................................................................................237
Related topics ............................................................................................240
Chapter 16: Sharing Inform ation ........................................241
Beam ing ....................................................................................................242
Beam ing inform ation from within an application ..........................242
Beam ing a category ..........................................................................244
Beam ing an application ....................................................................245
Other ways of sharing inform ation .........................................................247
Related topics ............................................................................................248
Chapter 17: Keeping Your Inform ation Private ..................249
Choosing a security level .........................................................................250
Marking inform ation as private ...............................................................251
Setting the level of privacy ......................................................................252
Hiding or m asking private entries ....................................................252
Viewing an entry that is m asked ...................................................... 253
Using a password .....................................................................................253
Creating a password .........................................................................254
Changing a password .......................................................................255
Deleting a password.......................................................................... 257
Deleting a forgotten password .........................................................258
Zire™ 31 Handheld
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locking your handheld .............................................................................259
Locking your handheld m anually .....................................................262
Related topics ............................................................................................263
Chapter 18: Using Categories to Organize Inform ation ...264
Adding a category.....................................................................................265
Renam ing a category ...............................................................................266
Deleting a category ..................................................................................267
Placing inform ation into a category ........................................................268
Placing an entry into a category .......................................................268
Placing an application into a category .............................................270
Viewing inform ation by category ...........................................................271
Related topics ............................................................................................272
Chapter 19: Installing and Rem oving Applications ..........273
Checking space and version num bers ...................................................274
Installing the additional software from the CD .....................................276
Installing other applications and files .....................................................278
Installing applications and files on a Windows com puter ............. 278
Using the Palm Quick Install icon ....................................................279
Using the Palm Quick Install window ..............................................280
Installing applications and files on a Mac com puter ......................281
Using the Send To Handheld droplet .............................................. 281
Using com m ands in the HotSync m enu ..........................................282
Rem oving an application from your handheld .....................................284
Rem oving Palm Desktop software from your com puter ......................285
Related topics ............................................................................................288
Chapter 20: Custom izing Your Handheld ..........................289
Custom izing the Hom e screen ................................................................290
Making the screen easier to read ............................................................292
Changing the screen fonts ................................................................292
Adjusting the brightness and contrast ............................................294
Changing screen colors ....................................................................295
Zire™ 31 Handheld
x
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Giving your favorite applications a button or icon ...............................296
Setting the date and tim e ........................................................................298
Resetting the date and tim e ..............................................................300
Selecting form ats for dates, tim es, and num bers ..........................302
Custom izing the way you enter inform ation ..........................................304
Choosing the input area ....................................................................304
Using the full-screen writing area ....................................................305
Custom izing Graffiti 2 strokes ..........................................................306
Setting up ShortCuts .........................................................................307
Changing ShortCuts ..........................................................................309
Correcting problem s with tapping ...................................................310
Selecting sound settings .........................................................................311
Conserving battery power .......................................................................313
Preventing your handheld from turning on by accident ................313
Selecting power-saving settings ......................................................314
Connecting your handheld to other devices ..........................................316
Changing the preset connection settings ........................................316
Creating your own connection settings ...........................................318
Custom izing network settings .................................................................321
Setting up a service profile ...............................................................321
Connecting to your service ...............................................................324
Adding details to a service profile ...................................................325
Deleting a service profile ..................................................................327
Creating login scripts ........................................................................328
Adding plug-in applications .............................................................331
Related topics ............................................................................................333
Chapter 21: Managing Clock Settings ...............................334
Checking the current date and tim e ........................................................335
Setting the prim ary location ....................................................................336
Setting the date and tim e for the prim ary location ........................337
Choosing secondary locations for other tim e zones .............................339
Zire™ 31 Handheld
xi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Modifying the locations list......................................................................340
Adding new locations .......................................................................340
Deleting a location .............................................................................342
Setting the alarm clock.............................................................................343
Responding to the alarm clock......................................................... 344
Changing the clock display ......................................................................345
Related topics ............................................................................................346
Chapter 22: Maintaining Your Handheld ..........................347
Handheld do’s and don’ts ........................................................................347
Handheld do’s .................................................................................... 347
Handheld don’ts ................................................................................ 348
Resetting your handheld ..........................................................................348
Doing a soft reset .............................................................................. 348
Doing a hard reset ............................................................................. 350
Restoring your inform ation after a hard reset........................................351
Related topics ............................................................................................353
Chapter 23: Com m on Questions .......................................354
Setup ..........................................................................................................354
Handheld ...................................................................................................356
Moving around ..........................................................................................358
Entering inform ation ................................................................................359
Synchronizing ...........................................................................................361
Calendar.....................................................................................................367
Mem os .......................................................................................................367
Notes ..........................................................................................................368
Photos ........................................................................................................368
RealOne .....................................................................................................368
Tasks ..........................................................................................................369
Privacy .......................................................................................................369
Sharing ......................................................................................................370
Problem s with incom patible applications ..............................................371
Zire™ 31 Handheld
xii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 24: Getting Help ...................................................374
Self-help resources ...................................................................................374
Technical support .....................................................................................375
Product Regulatory Inform ation .........................................376
Index ......................................................................................381
Zire™ 31 Handheld
xiii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About This Guide
This guide tells you everything you need to know about your handheld: the things
you’ll do every day, the advanced features that let you get the m ost out of your
handheld, and the things that m ake your handheld not only useful, but fun.
What’s in this guide?
The info in this guide includes step-by-step instructions, links to cross-references, and sidebars.
Step-by-step instructions
Here you’ll find how-to inform ation. Look for these cues in instructions:
Co n t in u e d
Cue that m eans the procedure continues on the next page.
Cue that signals the end of the procedure. You're done.
Done
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
A step that you m ust follow; otherwise, you could experience an
error or even lose inform ation.
[ & ] OPTIONAL
NOTE
A step you m ight find useful.
Inform ation that applies only in certain cases or that tells m ore about
a procedure step.
WINDOWS ONLY
MAC ONLY
A procedure or text that applies to one platform only. In m ost cases,
if you see one heading, check the following or preceding sections for
the other. Som etim es, there is no Mac counterpart for a Windows
procedure or text—this feature is not available to Mac users.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
xiv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Links
Links appear as underlined words in sidebars and other places throughout this guide.
In this chapter
Related topics
Links on the first page of each chapter that send you to a specific section.
Links that send you to other topics in this guide to learn about m ore
things you can do with an application or feature.
Sidebars
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Things you m ust com plete before you can do the steps described in a procedure or group of
procedures.
Tip
A suggestion on how to use a feature m ore fully; a shortcut; a pointer to a related feature.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
An interesting fact about the topic being described; m ay include a link to m ore inform ation.
Key Te rm
»
A technical term related to the topic being described. The term m ay appear in this guide or only
on your handheld.
My Ha n d h e ld
A pointer to a web site where you can obtain general inform ation about your handheld and
learn the latest tips, tricks, and m ore.
S u p p o rt
A pointer to a web site where you can find help if you experience problem s with a specific
feature or with your handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
xv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tips for viewing this guide in Adobe Acrobat Reader
Here are som e helpful tips for m aking it easier to read and find inform ation in this guide in
Acrobat Reader:
NOTE
If you do not have Acrobat Reader on your com puter, you can download it for free from
w w w.adobe.com .
• To m agnify the page, click the m agnifying glass
, m ove the cursor (which is now a
m agnifying glass) over the page, and click repeatedly. Click Previous View ( or
on your version of Acrobat Reader) to return to the original view.
depending
• Click an entry in the Table of Contents or Index to go directly to that section of the guide.
• If you link to a page in the guide, to return to the page you were on before you clicked the link,
click Previous View ( or
depending on your version of Acrobat Reader).
• When selecting the page(s) to print, be sure to use the file page num ber shown at the bottom of
your com puter screen, not the printed page num ber. For exam ple, to print the page you are
reading right now, select page 16 (the file page), not page xvi (the printed page).
Zire™ 31 Handheld
xvi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up
Your Handheld and Your Com puter
In this chapter
Congratulations on the purchase of
your new palm One™ Zire™ 31
handheld! You’re about to discover so
m any things about your handheld that
will help you better organize your life
and have fun, too. As you becom e
m ore fam iliar with your handheld,
you’ll probably personalize the settings
and add applications to m ake it
uniquely yours.
What’s in the box?
System requirem ents
Step 1: Charging your
handheld
Step 2: Turning on your
handheld for the first tim e
Step 3: Installing your
software
Step 4: Connecting your
handheld to your com puter
Benefits of setup
• Start using your handheld right away
While you’re likely to get years of
enjoym ent from your handheld, it only
Sw itching to another
desktop software application
• Establish a link between your
handheld and your com puter
Using Profiles
Related topics
• Set up your handheld for optim al use
Zire™ 31 Handheld
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
What’s in the box?
Key Te rm
»
Palm Desktop software
The software that lets you
enter, update, review, and
synchronize inform ation
on your com puter.
®
HotSync cable
Power adapter
palm One Zire 31 handheld
Software installation CD
System requirem ents
The installation CD contains Palm ® Desktop software and other applications you need to set up
and use your handheld. Palm Desktop software lets you easily m anage your inform ation at your
com puter. To use Palm Desktop software, your desktop com puter m ust m eet these requirem ents:
WINDOWS ONLY
• A PC with a Pentium processor and one of the following operating system s:
• Windows 98
• Windows ME
• Windows 2000 (requires adm inistrator rights to install Palm Desktop software)
• Windows XP (requires adm inistrator rights to install Palm Desktop software)
• Internet Explorer 4.01 with SP2 (Service Pack 2) or later
• 60 m egabytes (MB) available hard disk space
Zire™ 31 Handheld
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
• VGA m onitor or better
• One available USB port
• CD or DVD drive for installing Palm Desktop software from the CD that cam e with your
handheld; or, you can download Palm Desktop software by visiting our web site at
w w w.palm One.com / support/ intl
NOTE
Palm Desktop software that is downloaded from the palm One web site does not include
additional software available on the CD.
MAC ONLY
• Mac com puter or com patible with a PowerPC processor
• Mac OS 9.2.2 or Mac OS X, version 10.2 or 10.3
(Mac OS X requires adm inistrator rights to install Palm Desktop software.)
• 25MB available hard disk space
• Monitor that supports screen resolution of 800 X 600 or better
• One available USB port
• CD or DVD drive for installing Palm Desktop software from the CD that cam e with your
handheld; or, you can download Palm Desktop software by visiting our web site at
w w w.palm One.com / support/ intl
NOTE
Palm Desktop software that is downloaded from the palm One web site does not include
additional software available on the CD.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Step 1: Charging your handheld
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
If you’re upgrading from
another Palm OS®
handheld, synchronize
your old handheld with
your old desktop
1
Plug the power adapter into your
new handheld and into an outlet.
Do not connect the HotSync
cable to your handheld until
later.
software.
Tip
After the initial charge,
charge your handheld at
least half an hour every
day.
2
Charge your handheld for four hours. Be sure your handheld is fully charged
before going on to Step 2.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
What you should know about your handheld’s battery
While your handheld is charging, take a m inute to learn about the battery:
• If you see an alert on the screen warning you that the battery is low, synchronize to back up your
inform ation; then recharge your handheld. This helps prevent accidental loss of inform ation.
• If the battery gets so low that your handheld doesn’t operate, it will store your inform ation for
about a week. In this case, there is enough power to store your inform ation, but not to turn on
your handheld. If your handheld doesn’t turn on when you press the power button, recharge it
im m ediately for at least three hours.
• Conserve battery life by doing any of the following:
• Adjusting the screen brightness
• Reducing the Auto-off setting
• Preventing your handheld from turning on by accident
• Minim izing use of the expansion slot
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
If your battery drains and you don’t recharge it for an extended period of tim e,
you can lose all the inform ation on your handheld. If this happens, recharge your handheld, and
then synchronize it w ith your com puter. All of the applications and inform ation from your last
synchronization are transferred to your handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Step 2: Turning on your handheld for the first tim e
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Be sure to fully charge
your handheld, as
1
Press the power button to turn
it on.
described in Step 1.
Stylus
Tip
After you set up your
handheld, go to the Quick
Tour to learn the basics.
Power button
2
3
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Unplug the power adapter from your handheld.
Slide the stylus out of the slot.
Hold the stylus as you would hold a pen, and follow the onscreen instructions
to set up your handheld.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Step 3: Installing your software
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Set up a profile if you
want to install the sam e
set of inform ation on
several handhelds.
1
Insert the CD into your com puter.
NOTE
You need adm inistrator rights to install Palm Desktop software on a
com puter running Windows 2000/XP or Mac OS X.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
When you upgrade,
there’s no need to delete
the old desktop software
first. When you install the
new Palm Desktop
2
WINDOWS ONLY
Follow the onscreen instructions. If you’re upgrading, select the usernam e that
you assigned to your old handheld.
software, all of your
inform ation transfers
autom atically to the new
software.
MAC ONLY
a. Double-click the CD icon, and then double-click the Palm Desktop Installer
icon.
b. Follow the onscreen instructions. If you’re upgrading, select the usernam e
that you assigned to your old handheld.
Tip
Take the interactive
tutorial on the CD to learn
how to create an
appointm ent, set up your
handheld’s features for
m ore.
Done
During installation, you’re asked to connect your com puter to your
handheld. See Step 4.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Step 4: Connecting your handheld to your com puter
In this step, you connect your handheld to your com puter and synchronize for the first tim e.
Synchronizing sim ply m eans that any inform ation you enter in one place (your handheld or
com puter) is autom atically updated in the other.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Be sure to synchronize your inform ation at least once a day so that you always
have an up-to-date backup copy of im portant inform ation.
Tip
If the Select User dialog
box appears during
synchronization, select the
usernam e of the handheld
you want to synchronize,
and click OK.
1
Connect your handheld to your
com puter:
a. Plug the HotSync cable into a
USB port on your com puter.
b. Plug the cable into your
handheld.
Key Te rm
»
Third-party application
A software program that
runs on a Palm OS
handheld, but is not
created or supported by
palm One, Inc.
Tip
If you have problem s with
your new handheld after
you synchronize, you m ay
need to update your third-
party applications.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
2
3
Press the power button to turn on your handheld.
Continue with the onscreen instructions on your com puter to synchronize your
handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Switching to another desktop software application
WINDOWS ONLY
During CD installation, you chose a desktop software application to synchronize with your
handheld. You m ay have chosen Palm Desktop software at that tim e. But if Microsoft Outlook
already contains all of your contacts, appointm ents, tasks, and notes, you can change your
synchronization m ethod so that your handheld synchronizes with Outlook instead. You can also
change from Outlook to Palm Desktop software.
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Synchronize your
handheld with your current
desktop software before
switching to a new
software application. This
ensures that your new
desktop software receives
the m ost current
NOTE
If you choose to synchronize with Microsoft Outlook (Windows only), inform ation from
Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, and Mem os is synchronized with Outlook. Other inform ation, such as
photos and notes, is synchronized with Palm Desktop software.
inform ation.
1
2
3
Insert the CD into your com puter.
Select Change your synchronization m ethod.
Follow the onscreen instructions for the desktop software you want to use.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Using Profiles
Suppose your sales organization wants to distribute two dozen handhelds that all have a com m on
com pany phone list, a set of m em os, and several key applications. A user profile can be created to
install this inform ation before the handhelds are distributed to em ployees. When the em ployees
synchronize for the first tim e, this com m on inform ation becom es part of their user-specific
inform ation.
A user profile enables you to install the sam e inform ation onto m ultiple Palm OS handhelds
before each handheld is individualized with a unique usernam e and user-specific inform ation. A
handheld that has a user profile installed can be given to anyone, because the handheld is not yet
identified by a unique usernam e. When the new user synchronizes for the first tim e, he or she
gives the handheld a unique usernam e.
NOTE
Handhelds that are synchronized with a user profile m ust be either new ones that have
never been synchronized or handhelds that have had their usernam es and inform ation rem oved
by a hard reset.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Creating a user profile
WINDOWS ONLY
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Save tim e by using the
File Link feature or
im porting to quickly add
inform ation to a profile.
1
Open the New Profile screen:
a. Open Palm Desktop software.
b. From the Tools m enu, select Users.
c. Click Profiles, and then click New.
Enter a unique nam e for the profile, and click OK twice.
2
3
Select the profile from the User
list, and create the info in
Palm Desktop software for the
profile.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
MAC ONLY
Open the New Profile screen:
1
a. Open Palm Desktop software.
b. From the User pop-up m enu, select Edit Users.
c. Click New Profile.
2
Create the profile:
a. Enter a unique nam e for the profile, and click OK.
b. Close the Users window.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
3
4
Select the profile from the User pop-up m enu, and create the info in
Palm Desktop software for the profile.
Set the profile’s conduit settings:
a. From the HotSync m enu, select Conduit Settings.
b. Select the conduit settings for the profile.
Done
Synchronizing w ith a user profile
WINDOWS ONLY
1
Begin synchronization:
a. Connect the HotSync cable to the USB port on your com puter, and then
insert the other end into the m ini-USB connector on your handheld.
b. Make sure your handheld is on.
c. Tap HotSync
.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
2
Transfer the profile inform ation:
a. Click Profiles.
b. Select the profile you want to
load on the handheld, and
click OK.
c. Click Yes.
Done
The next tim e you synchronize that handheld, Palm Desktop
softw are prom pts you to assign a usernam e to the handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
MAC ONLY
1
Begin synchronization:
a. Connect the HotSync cable to the USB port on your com puter, and then
insert the other end into the m ini-USB connector on your handheld.
b. Make sure your handheld is on.
c. Tap HotSync
.
2
Select the profile you want to
load on the handheld, and
click OK.
Done
The next tim e you synchronize that handheld, Palm Desktop
softw are prom pts you to assign a usernam e to the handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 1
Setting Up Your Handheld and Your Com puter
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
Synchronizing
• Synchronizing your handheld with Palm Desktop software or Microsoft
Outlook on your com puter
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
• Choosing whether or not to synchronize inform ation for a specific
application
S u p p o rt
• Synchronizing using the IR port on your handheld and your com puter
If you’re having problem s
with setup or anything else
on your handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
as a file containing your com pany’s phone list
Installing and
Rem oving
• Adding applications to your handheld
• Installing additional software from the CD
• Deleting applications from your handheld
• Viewing application inform ation
• Adjusting the screen display
Custom izing
• Reducing the Auto-off setting
• Keeping your handheld from turning on accidentally
Answers to frequently asked questions about setup
Questions
Zire™ 31 Handheld
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
In this chapter
Whether you’re at work, at hom e, or on
the go, you’ll quickly understand why
handhelds are also called personal
digital assistants (PDAs). Like a good
personal assistant, your handheld
helps you keep track of your schedule,
your business and personal contacts,
your to-do list, your m em os, even your
m oney.
Locating the controls on
your handheld
What’s on the screen?
What software is on my
handheld?
What’s on the CD?
Related topics
Benefits of your
Handhelds are for fun, too. You can
create digital photo album s, play
gam es, and read eBooks. Insert
Zire™ 31 handheld
• Save tim e and stay organized
• Travel light
• Protect your inform ation
• Have fun: view photos, play m usic,
and m ore
Zire™ 31 Handheld
18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
Locating the controls on your handheld
Front panel controls
Screen
5-way navigator
Input area
Ap p lic a t io n b u t t o n s
Power button
Contacts
Calendar
Screen
Displays the applications and inform ation on your handheld. The
screen is touch-sensitive.
Input area
Lets you enter info with Graffiti® 2 w riting or open the onscreen
keyboard.
Pow er button
Turns your handheld on or off and lets you turn Keylock on (if active).
Helps you m ove around and select info to display on the screen.
Open the Calendar and Contacts applications.
5-w ay navigator
Application
buttons
Zire™ 31 Handheld
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
Top panel controls
Expansion card slot
Key Te rm
»
IR Short for infrared.
Beam ing uses infrared
technology to send
inform ation between two
IR ports that are within a
few feet of each other.
IR port
Headphone jack
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Beam ing lets you quickly
share appointm ents,
addresses, phone
num bers, and m ore.
IR port
Beam s inform ation between handhelds and other devices that have an
IR port.
Expansion card
slot
Lets you insert expansion cards (sold separately) to play m usic, back
up info, and add m em ory, applications, and accessories to your
handheld.
Headphone jack
Lets you connect a standard 3.5 m m stereo headset (sold separately) to
your handheld so you can listen to m usic and other audio applications.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
Side and back panel controls
Stylus
Key Te rm
»
USB The type of
connector or cable that’s
com m only used to
connect accessories to a
com puter.
Power connector
Reset button
Mini-USB
connector
Speaker
Stylus
Lets you enter inform ation on your handheld. To use the stylus, slide
it out of the slot and hold it as you would a pen or pencil. Using your
fingertip instead of the stylus is OK, but don’t use your fingernail, a
real pen, or other sharp object to touch the screen.
Reset button
Resets your handheld if it freezes (stops responding).
Pow er connector
Lets you connect the power adapter to your handheld so you can
charge it.
Mini-USB connector
Speaker
Lets you connect your handheld to your com puter, using the
HotSync® cable, so you can synchronize.
Lets you listen to alarm s, gam e and system sounds, and m usic.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
What’s on the screen?
Your handheld includes m any features that m ake it easy to use. Am ong them are the input area
how to use them in one application you can easily use them in all the others.
Input area
Tapping the icons in the input area does the following:
Display icon
Clock icon
Hom e icon
Menu icon
HotSync icon
Find icon
Letter keyboard
Icon
Num ber keyboard
Icon
Clock icon
Displays the current tim e and date. The display closes autom atically after
two seconds. See Setting the date and tim e and Managing Clock
Settings for m ore inform ation.
Display icon
Opens the Adjust Display dialog box where you can set the brightness
and contrast of your handheld’s display. See Adjusting the brightness
and contrast for instructions.
Hom e icon
Menu icon
Displays the Hom e screen where you can open applications. See
Opening applications for m ore inform ation.
Opens the m enus, where you can select item s that provide access to
other features. See Using m enus for m ore inform ation.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
HotSync icon
Find icon
Synchronizes your handheld with your com puter. See Synchronizing
Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter for m ore inform ation.
Opens the Find dialog box where you can search for inform ation. See
Finding inform ation for m ore details.
Letter keyboard
icon
Opens the alphabetic keyboard. See Entering inform ation w ith the
onscreen keyboard for details.
Num ber
Opens the num eric keyboard. See Entering inform ation w ith the
keyboard icon
onscreen keyboard for details.
Application controls
Previous/next arrows
Key Te rm
»
Tips icon
Slider The solid area on
the scroll bar. The slider
m oves to indicate the
relative position within
the entry or list.
Entry box
Tip
Pick list
You can also use the
navigator to select an
item from a pick list and
to select som e com m and
buttons.
Scroll bar
Check box
Com m and button
Previous/ next
arrow s
Tap the left and right arrows to view the previous and next entry;
and next screens of inform ation.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
Scroll bar
Drag the slider, or tap the top or bottom arrow, to scroll the display
one line at a tim e. To scroll to the previous screen, tap the scroll bar
just above the slider. To scroll to the next screen, tap the scroll bar
just below the slider.
Com m and button
Tips icon
Tap a button, such as OK, Cancel, or Details to perform a com m and or
to open a dialog box. Com m and buttons appear at the bottom of
dialog boxes and application screens.
Tap the Tips icon to view shortcuts and other useful inform ation for
the screen where the icon is located. When you’re finished viewing
the tip, tap Done.
Entry box
Pick list
Tap an entry box to open a dialog box where you can enter info for
that field.
Tap the arrow to display a list of choices, and then tap an item in the
list to select it.
Check box
Tap a check box to select or deselect it. When a check box contains a
checkm ark, the corresponding option is selected and on. When a
check box is em pty, the corresponding option is deselected and off.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
What software is on my handheld?
Your handheld com es with m any applications preinstalled and ready to use. Open these
applications by pressing the application buttons on the front panel or by selecting the icons on the
Hom e screen.
Tip
Can’t find som e of these
applications? Tap the
category list in the upper-
right corner of the Hom e
screen and select All.
Quick Tour
Calculator
Calendar
Learn about your handheld and how to enter info.
Do basic m ath calculations such as splitting restaurant bills and figuring tips.
Manage your schedule, from lunch with a friend, to weekly m eetings, to annual
events like holidays, to extended events like conferences and vacations. Even
color-code your schedule by category.
Card Info
Contacts
View inform ation about an expansion card seated in the expansion card slot.
Store nam es and addresses, phone num bers, e-m ail and web site addresses—
even photos and birthdays. Organize your contacts into categories.
Expense
Track business or travel expenses and print expense reports after you
synchronize with your com puter.
HotSync
Mem os
Synchronize the info on your handheld with the info on your com puter.
Capture inform ation such as m eeting notes, lists of books to read, m ovies to see,
recipes, and anything else you need to write down.
Note Pad
Prefs
Write on the screen in your own handwriting or draw a quick sketch.
Custom ize your handheld’s sound levels, colors, security, and m ore.
Tasks
Stay on top of your to-do list. Enter things you need to do, prioritize them , set
alarm s, and then m onitor your deadlines.
World Clock
Set the tim e in your hom e city and two other locations, and set an alarm to wake
you up.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
What’s on the CD?
The CD includes desktop software for your com puter and additional software for your handheld.
Tip
To learn how to install the
desktop software from
the CD, see Step 3:
Installing your software.
The desktop software lets you use your com puter to view, enter, and m anage info for m any of the
applications on your handheld. Make sure you install the desktop software so that you can back up
the info on your handheld onto your com puter.
The additional handheld software lets you do m ore things with your handheld. When you set up
your handheld you m ay have already installed som e (or all) these applications. You can install any
rem aining applications at any tim e.
Tip
To learn how to install
extra handheld software
from the CD, see
Installing the additional
software from the CD.
Your CD includes titles such as the following:
Palm ® Desktop softw are View, enter, m anage, and back up info for Calendar, Contacts, Tasks,
Mem os, and Expense on your com puter. You can also view, m anage,
and back up info for Note Pad and palm One™ Photos (Photos is
Windows only). When you synchronize your handheld w ith your
com puter, the info is updated in both places. This application installs
autom atically during the initial CD installation process.
palm One™ Quick Install Transfer applications and other files from your com puter to your
handheld or to an expansion card that is seated in the expansion slot
(Windows only). This application installs autom atically during the
initial CD installation process.
Send To Handheld droplet Transfer applications and other files from your com puter to your
handheld or to an expansion card that is seated in the expansion slot
(Mac only). This application installs autom atically during the initial CD
installation process.
Getting Started Guide
palm One Photos
Keep the Getting Started Guide with you and view it on your handheld.
View photos on your handheld and create portable photo album s.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
RealOne Player
Listen to m usic on your handheld with an expansion card (sold
separately). Create playlists and organize your MP3 files. A desktop
application (Windows only) lets you create MP3 files from your m usic
CDs. Both Mac and Windows users can transfer MP3 files to an
expansion card for use on the handheld.
AudiblePlayer
Palm Reader®
Listen to newspapers, books, public radio, language instruction, and
m ore (additional fees m ay apply). Windows only.
Purchase and download eBooks from the web so that you can read
them when you want, where you want.
powerOne Calculator
Handm ark Solitaire
Calculate m ath and business solutions with this enhanced calculator.
Enjoy hours of entertainm ent with this solitaire gam e.
Handm ark
MobileDB
Use the included databases to track useful info such as car
m aintenance, passwords, and m ore. You can also download and install
over a thousand ready-to-use databases (additional fees m ay apply).
Handm ark
PDA Money
Manage your finances on the go. Use this application by itself, or buy
the optional conduit and transfer info to Quicken, Microsoft Money,
and m ore. On your handheld, this application appears as Splash
Money.
Addit
Preview, try, and buy software for your handheld (Windows only and
web access required).
Zire™ 31 Handheld
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 2
Exploring Your Handheld
Related topics
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Setup
Installing the desktop software from the CD
Entering
Inform ation
• Entering inform ation with Graffiti 2 characters and shortcuts
• Entering inform ation with the onscreen letter and num ber keyboards
• Opening applications and using m enus
Moving
Around
S u p p o rt
with your handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Synchronizing
Sharing
Synchronizing your handheld with your com puter
Beam ing applications and info to other Palm OS® handheld users
Installing additional software from the CD
Installing and
Rem oving
World Clock
Custom izing
Viewing the current date and tim e
• Setting the current date and tim e
• Adjusting the brightness and contrast of the display
• Preventing your handheld from turning on by accident
• Caring for your handheld
Maintaining
• Resetting your handheld
Com m on
Answers to frequently asked questions about your handheld
Questions
Zire™ 31 Handheld
28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
In this chapter
Opening applications
Using m enus
Have you ever been to a new city and
felt a bit lost until you figured out that
the num bered streets run North/South
and the avenues run East/West?
Learning to m ove around your
handheld is sim ilar. Most Palm OS®
applications use the sam e set of
application controls. So once you learn
how to use these standard controls,
you’ll be driving all over town and you
won’t even need a m ap.
Using the 5-way navigator
Finding inform ation
Related topics
Benefits of your
Zire™ 31 handheld
• Find and open applications quickly
• Access extra features with m enus
• Move around applications with one
hand using the 5-way navigator
• Locate inform ation in any application
with the Find feature
Zire™ 31 Handheld
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Opening applications
You can open applications with the application buttons on the front of your handheld or with the
application icons on the Hom e screen.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can reassign the
application buttons to
open whichever
Using the application buttons
Press an application button to turn on your handheld and to open the application for that button.
applications you choose.
Tip
Handheld on already?
Tap the Hom e icon to go
to the Hom e screen.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can use a favorite
photo as the background
for your Hom e screen.
Calendar
Contacts
Tip
Don’t want to scroll
through icons on the
Hom e screen? Write the
first letter of the
Using the Hom e screen
Turn on your handheld, tap Hom e
, and tap an application icon, such as Note Pad.
input area to jum p to the
first application that
Hom e
icon
Zire™ 31 Handheld
30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Sw itching betw een applications
You can switch between applications at any tim e. Just tap Hom e
and select an icon on the
Hom e screen or press an application button. Your handheld autom atically saves your work in the
current application and switches to the other application.
Using m enus
Menus let you access additional features and settings. They are easy to use, and once you m aster
them in one application, you know how to use them in all your applications.
Tip
You can also open the
handheld m enus by
tapping the application
title in the upper-left
corner of the screen.
1
2
Open an application.
When the m enus are
open, you can use the
navigator to select m enus
and m enu item s.
Tap Menu
to open the m enus.
.
Application
title
Menu
Menu
item
Menu icon
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
3
Tap a m enu title, and then tap a m enu item .
Done
Using the Com m and stroke
Tip
Most m enu item s also have a Graffiti® 2 com m and letter, which is sim ilar to the keyboard
shortcuts used on com puters. The com m and letter appears to the right of the m enu item .
Com m and m ode is active
for just a few seconds, so
write the com m and letter
or tap an icon on the
Com m and toolbar
quickly.
To use a com m and letter, first write the Graffiti 2 Com m and stroke on the left side of the input
area, and then write the com m and letter. For exam ple, to select Paste from the Edit m enu, write
the Com m and stroke, followed by the letter p.
Com m and
stroke
Menu item s
Com m and letters
NOTE
When you write the Com m and stroke the Com m and toolbar appears. See the next
section for info on using the Com m and toolbar.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Using the Com m and toolbar
The Com m and toolbar displays different icons based on the active screen. For exam ple, if you
have text selected, the icons m ight be Cut, Copy, and Paste. If no text is selected, the icons m ight
be Beam , Undo, and Delete.
To use the Com m and toolbar, write the Com m and stroke to display the Com m and toolbar, and
then tap an icon to select its com m and.
Com m and
stroke
Cut
Copy
Paste
Beam
Undo
Delete
Using the 5-way navigator
The 5-way navigator, located at the bottom of the front panel, lets you access inform ation quickly
with one hand and without the stylus.To use the navigator, press Up, Down, Right, or Left; or press
Select in the center.
Up
Select
Right
Left
Down
The navigator does various things based on which type of screen you’re on.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Moving around the Hom e screen
In the Hom e screen, use the navigator to select and open an application.
Tip
To rem ove the selection
highlight without m aking
a selection, scroll to the
first icon (in the upper-left
corner), and then press
Left on the navigator.
Right or Left Scrolls to the next or previous application category.
Category
Select
• Inserts the selection highlight with a single press.
When the selection highlight is present:
Up, Dow n, Right, or Left Scrolls to the next icon
in the corresponding direction.
Tip
From m ost applications
you can return to the
Hom e screen by holding
down Select on the
navigator.
Select Opens the selected application.
• Holding down Select opens the category list.
When the category list is open:
Up or Dow n Scrolls to the next or previous
category in the list.
Select Displays the selected category.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Moving around list screens
In list screens, use the navigator to select and m ove between entries such as a note, m em o,
contact, or photo.
Up or Dow n
Select
Scrolls an entire screen of entries, as long as
there’s nothing highlighted. Hold down to
accelerate the scrolling.
Inserts the selection highlight. When the
selection highlight is present:
Up or Dow n Scrolls to the previous or next
entry.
Select Displays the selected entry.
Left Rem oves the selection highlight.
Moving around record screens
In record screens, use the navigator to scroll within the current entry or between entries.
Up or Dow n
Right or Left
Scrolls within the current entry.
Scrolls to the previous or next entry
(not available in Contacts).
Select
Returns to the list screen.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Moving around dialog boxes
Dialog boxes appear when you select a button or option that requires you to provide additional
inform ation. In dialog boxes, use the navigator to select a button.
Select
Activates a button, and then closes the
dialog box. The num ber of buttons in the
dialog box determ ines which button Select
activates:
One button Activates that button.
Tw o or m ore buttons Activates the action
button (versus Cancel) such as OK, Yes, or
Delete.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Read dialog boxes carefully. Selecting a button such as OK or Yes m ay cancel an
action or delete inform ation.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Moving around m enus
After you open the m enus you can use the navigator to m ove between and to select m enu item s:
Up or Dow n
Right or Left
Scrolls within the current m enu list.
Scrolls to the next or previous m enu on the
m enu bar.
Select
Selects the highlighted m enu item .
Moving around pick lists
Access pick lists by tapping the triangle next to an option on the screen. When the pick list is open,
use the navigator to scroll through the list and select an item .
Up or Dow n
Select
Scrolls within the pick list.
Selects the highlighted item .
Zire™ 31 Handheld
37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Finding inform ation
You can use Find to locate any word or phrase in any application on your handheld. Find locates
any words that begin with the text you enter and is not case sensitive. For exam ple, searching for
“plane” finds “planet” but not “airplane.” Searching for “davidson” also finds “Davidson.”
Tip
If you select text in an
application before you
tap Find, the selected text
autom atically appears in
the Find dialog box.
NOTE
Find does not search applications on expansion cards.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
In m ost applications you
can also use Phone
Lookup to enter a
contact’s info in another
application.
1
Tap Find
.
2
Enter the text that you want to find, and then select OK.
Tip
Want to stop searching?
Tap Stop at any tim e
during a search. To
continue the search, tap
Find More.
3
Tap the text that you want to review.
Done
The entry you tapped appears on the screen.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 3
Moving Around in Applications
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Exploring
• Locating the controls on your handheld
• Discovering the built-in software on your handheld and the additional
software on the CD
• Getting fam iliar with the input area and onscreen application controls
• Entering inform ation with Graffiti 2 characters and shortcuts
Entering
S u p p o rt
with your handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
• Entering contact inform ation in other applications
Sharing
Beam ing inform ation and applications to other Palm OS® handheld users
Keeping inform ation private by turning on security options
Creating categories and organizing your applications and inform ation
• Adding and deleting applications on your handheld
Privacy
Categories
Installing and
Rem oving
• Viewing application inform ation
Custom izing
• Using a photo as the Hom e screen background
• Viewing the Hom e screen in list form at
• Organizing your applications into categories
Caring for your handheld
Maintaining
Com m on
Questions
Answers to frequently asked questions about using your handheld and its
applications
Zire™ 31 Handheld
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
In this chapter
Whether you’re scheduling a m eeting
with your daughter’s teacher or adding
a new restaurant to your Contacts list,
you need to get that inform ation into
your handheld. There are several ways
to do this.
How can I enter inform ation?
Entering inform ation w ith
Graffiti 2 w riting
Entering inform ation w ith
the onscreen keyboard
Entering inform ation w ith
your com puter
You m ay find that you prefer one
m ethod if you’re entering a sm all
am ount of inform ation, while another
works best for large am ounts. Choose
the one that’s right for any situation.
Im porting inform ation from
other applications
Restoring archived item s on
your com puter
Benefits of entering inform ation
• Enter inform ation on your handheld
or at your desk
Entering info from Contacts
into another application
• Choose the m ethod that works best
for your situation
Editing inform ation
Related topics
Zire™ 31 Handheld
40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
How can I enter inform ation?
• Graffiti® 2 w riting (see below)
• The onscreen keyboard
• Palm ® Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook on your com puter
• Im port inform ation from other applications
• Phone Lookup
• Note Pad
• Visit w w w.palm One.com / myzire31 and click the Accessories link to get an accessory keyboard
(additional fees m ay apply)
• Receive inform ation beam ed from another Palm OS® handheld
The m ost popular m ethods are using Graffiti 2 writing, the onscreen keyboard, and Palm Desktop
software or Microsoft Outlook on your com puter.
Entering inform ation with Graffiti 2 writing
You can enter info directly on your handheld with Graffiti 2 writing. Graffiti 2 writing includes any
character you can type on a standard keyboard. Entering these characters on your handheld is
very sim ilar to the way you naturally write letters, num bers, and sym bols. But instead of using a
pen and paper, you use the stylus and the input area on your handheld. With only a few m inutes of
practice, you can learn to use Graffiti 2 writing—and help is always only a tap away.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Writing Graffiti 2 characters
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can set up your
handheld so you can
w rite on the entire screen
Open an application you use to enter inform ation, like Calendar.
1
2
3
Tap the screen where you want your character to appear.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Graffiti 2 writing
autom atically capitalizes
the first letter of a
sentence or a new entry.
Position the stylus in the correct
Write letters here
part of the input area.
Write num bers here
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
If you don’t
m ake Graffiti 2 strokes in the
input area, your handheld does
not recognize them as text
characters.
Write capital letters across the m iddle
4
5
Write the characters exactly as shown in the tables that follow these steps. Be
sure to start each stroke at the heavy dot.
Lift the stylus at the end of the stroke.
Done
When you lift the stylus from the screen, your handheld recognizes
the stroke im m ediately and prints the character at the insertion
point on the screen.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Keys to success w ith Graffiti 2 w riting
Keep these guidelines in m ind when using Graffiti 2 writing:
• Write the characters exactly as shown In the following tables. Don’t write the dot. It’s only there
to show you where to begin writing the character.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Graffiti 2 characters m ade
with 2 strokes are
recognized after the
second stroke.
• The Graffiti 2 writing area has two sections. Write lowercase letters on the left, num bers on the
right, and capital letters across the m iddle.
• Write at a natural speed, and do not write on a slant.
• Press firm ly.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Write uppercase letters
the sam e way you write
lowercase ones. The only
difference is where you
write them .
• Write large characters.
If you’re already fam iliar with Graffiti writing from an older Palm OS handheld, Graffiti 2 writing
will be easy to m aster. Characters are entered in exactly the sam e way, except for i, t, k, and the
num ber 4. These letters are now m ade with two strokes, just the way you would write them if you
were using a pen and paper.
Tip
Your handheld has tables
displaying all of the
Graffiti 2 characters, short
cuts, and com m ands.
Custom ize your handheld
so you can display these
characters by drawing a
line from the bottom of
the screen to the top.
Also, you no longer have to use the punctuation shift stroke for com m on punctuation like periods,
com m as, or @. J ust write these characters on the correct side of the input area and your handheld
im m ediately recognizes them .
Zire™ 31 Handheld
43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Graffiti 2 alphabet
Tip
You can select alternate
w ays to w rite som e
Graffiti 2 characters.
Choose the m ethod that’s
m ost natural for you.
Write low ercase letters on LEFT side,
and capital letters across MIDDLE of input area
Letter
Stroke
Letter
Stroke
Letter
Stroke
Letter
Stroke
Tip
A
B
C
D
Custom ize your handheld
so that you can use the
entire screen to enter
Graffiti 2 characters, not
just the input area.
E
I
F
J
G
K
O
S
H
L
P
M
Q
U
Y
N
R
V
Z
T
X
W
Zire™ 31 Handheld
44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Graffiti 2 punctuation m arks
Write these m arks on LEFT side of input area
Mark
Stroke
Mark
Stroke
Period
.
Am persand
&
Com m a
,
Carriage
return
Apostrophe
‘
At
@
Space
Quotation m ark
“
Question m ark
?
Tab
Exclam ation
point
!
0
Zire™ 31 Handheld
46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Write these m arks on RIGHT side of input area
Mark
Stroke
Mark
Stroke
Period
.
Backslash
\
Com m a
,
Slash
/
Tilde
ñ
Left
parenthesis
(
Dash
–
Right
parenthesis
)
Plus
+
Equal sign
=
Asterisk
*
Zire™ 31 Handheld
47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Graffiti 2 accented characters
For accented characters, write the letter on the left side of the input area, and then write the accent
on the right side of the input area.
Tip
Get help writing any of
the Graffiti 2 characters in
m ost applications. Open
the Edit m enu and select
Graffiti 2 Help.
Write these m arks on RIGHT side of input area
Accent
Stroke
Accent
Stroke
Acute
á
Dieresis
ä
Grave
à
Circum flex
â
Tilde
ã
Ring
å
Zire™ 31 Handheld
48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Writing Graffiti 2 sym bols and other special characters
Sym bols and other special characters can be written on either side of the input area, using the
Punctuation Shift stroke:
0
Tip
If you accidentally enter
the Punctuation Shift
stroke, enter it again to
cancel it, or wait a
m om ent and it
Enter the Punctuation Shift
stroke.
.
1
When Punctuation Shift is active,
an indicator appears in the lower-
right corner of the screen.
autom atically disappears.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Writing two Punctuation
Shift strokes cancels the
autom atic capitalization
of the first letter of a new
entry or sentence.
Punctuation shift
indicator
2
3
Write the sym bol or other special character shown in the following table.
You can write a sym bol or special character anywhere in the input area.
Enter another Punctuation Shift stroke to finish the character and to m ake it
appear m ore quickly.
Done
Once the Punctuation Shift indicator disappears, you see the
character.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Writing Graffiti 2 ShortCuts
Graffiti 2 contains several ShortCuts to m ake entering com m on inform ation easier. For exam ple,
when you write the ShortCut stroke followed by dts, you autom atically enter the current date and
tim e. You can also create your ow n ShortCuts.
0
1
2
Write the ShortCut stroke
This stroke appears at the
insertion point.
.
Write the ShortCut character from the following table.
You can write ShortCuts on the left-hand side of the input area, or across the
m iddle.
Done
The ShortCut stroke is replaced by the text the character
represents.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Graffiti 2 ShortCuts
Write ShortCuts on LEFT side, or across MIDDLE of input area
Entry
Date stam p
Date/tim e stam p
Breakfast
ShortCut
Entry
Tim e stam p
Meeting
Lunch
ShortCut
ds
dts
br
ts
m e
lu
Dinner
di
Zire™ 31 Handheld
53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Entering inform ation with the onscreen keyboard
You can use the onscreen keyboard in any application where you need to enter text, num bers, or
sym bols on your handheld.
Key Te rm
»
Entry An item in an
application such as a
contact in Contacts or an
appointm ent in Calendar.
Open an entry:
1
a. Open an application.
b. Select an entry or tap New.
Tip
You can enter text
whenever you see a
blinking cursor on the
screen.
2
Tap one of the following to open
an onscreen keyboard:
ABC Opens the letter keyboard.
Letter keyboard
Num ber keyboard
123 Opens the num ber
keyboard.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Tip
When a keyboard is open,
you can tap abc, 123, or
Int’l to open any of the
other keyboards.
Tap the characters to enter text, num bers, and sym bols, and then select Done.
3
Tab
Backspace
Return
Caps lock
Caps shift
Letter keyboard
Num ber keyboard
International keyboard
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Entering inform ation with your com puter
Do you have a lot of inform ation to enter on your handheld? Consider entering it in Palm Desktop
software or Microsoft Outlook on your com puter. When you synchronize your handheld w ith your
com puter, the inform ation is updated in both places.
Tip
The Palm Desktop online
Help has lots of info
about how to use
Palm Desktop software.
Open the Help m enu and
select Palm Desktop Help.
NOTE
If you choose to synchronize w ith Microsoft Outlook (Windows only), info from
Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, and Mem os is synchronized with Outlook. Other info, such as photos
and notes, is synchronized with Palm Desktop software.
WINDOWS ONLY
1
Open an application in Palm Desktop software:
a. Double-click the Palm Desktop icon on your com puter desktop.
b. Click the icon in the launch bar to open the application.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Co n t ’d .
Launch bar
New
Edit
2
3
Do one of the following:
• Click New in the lower-left corner of the screen to create a new entry.
• Click an existing entry, and then click Edit in the lower-left corner of the
screen.
Enter the inform ation, and then click OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
4
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
MAC ONLY
1
Open an application:
a. Double-click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder on your com puter.
b. Click the icon in the toolbar to open the application.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
2
Do one of the following:
• Click New in the upper-left corner of the screen to create a new entry.
• Click an existing entry, and then click Edit in the upper-left corner of the
screen.
3
4
Enter the inform ation, and then click OK.
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Im porting inform ation from other applications
Do you have inform ation on your com puter in spreadsheets or databases and want to transfer it to
your handheld? Don’t spend tim e retyping it. Instead, im port the info into Palm Desktop software.
Tip
Palm Desktop Help has
lots of inform ation about
im porting from other
applications, including
step-by-step instructions.
Open the Help m enu in
Palm Desktop software
and select Palm Desktop
Help for m ore details.
Palm Desktop software can im port the following types of files:
Calendar vCal/iCal (VCS/ICS) and Calendar archive (DBA)
Contacts vCard (VCF), com m a-delim ited (CSV, TXT), tab-delim ited (TAB, TSV, TXT), Contacts
archive (ABA)
Mem os Com m a-delim ited (CSV, TXT), tab-delim ited (TAB, TSV, TXT), Mem os archive (MPA), Text
(TXT)
Tasks Tasks archive (TDA)
WINDOWS ONLY
1
2
Save the file on your com puter in one of the accepted form ats.
Im port the file into Palm Desktop software:
a. Double-click the Palm Desktop icon on your com puter desktop.
b. Click the icon in the launch bar for the application you want to im port the
inform ation into.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
c. Click File, and then click
Co n t ’d .
Im port.
Im ported
fields
d. Follow the onscreen
instructions to m ap the fields
in your file to the fields in
Palm Desktop software, and
im port the file.
3
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
MAC ONLY
1
2
Save the file on your com puter in one of the accepted form ats.
Im port the file into Palm Desktop software:
a. Double-click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder on your com puter.
b. Click the icon on the toolbar for the application into which you want to
im port inform ation.
c. Click File, and then click Im port.
d. Follow the onscreen instructions to im port the file.
3
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Restoring archived item s on your com puter
In m any applications, you can save a copy of an item that you deleted from your handheld or
desktop software to an archive folder on your com puter. This frees up space on your handheld,
while ensuring the inform ation is available if you need it in the future.
You can restore individual entries or an entire archive file to the related application in your desktop
software. The Palm Desktop online Help and the Microsoft Outlook online Help have lots of info
about how to restore archived files. Refer to these Help files for details.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
62
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Entering info from Contacts into another application
Having lunch with som eone whose info you have in Contacts? Use Phone Lookup to quickly enter
their nam e and phone num ber into the appointm ent you create in Calendar. This feature is
available in Calendar, Mem os, Tasks, and Expense.
1
2
Open an entry:
a. Open an application.
b. Select an entry or tap New.
In Expense only: Tap Details, and then tap Attendees.
Add the Contact from Phone Lookup:
a. Tap where you want to enter the Contact.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Options, and then select Phone Lookup.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
d. Select the contact, and then select Add.
Co n t ’d .
3
[ & ] OPTIONAL To add another contact, repeat step 2.
Done
The nam e and phone num ber of the contact are autom atically
entered.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
64
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Editing inform ation
Editing inform ation on your handheld is sim ilar to editing with word-processing applications on
your com puter. Select the inform ation, and then apply the correct com m and.
Selecting inform ation
There are several ways to select inform ation that you want to edit or delete.
Selecting text
Place the cursor before or after the text you want to select, and drag
the cursor over all the text you want to select.
Selecting a w ord
• Tap twice on a word to select it.
• Place the cursor before or after the word, and drag it over the word
to select it.
Selecting a line
• Tap three tim es anywhere in a line to select it.
• Place the cursor before or after the line, and drag it over the line to
select it
Zire™ 31 Handheld
65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Copying and pasting inform ation
Copying and pasting inform ation on your handheld is sim ilar to editing with word-processing
applications on your com puter.
Tip
There are even faster
ways to copy and paste
inform ation:
1
2
Select the inform ation you want to copy.
• Use Graffiti 2 gestures
• Use the Graffiti 2
Com m and stroke and the
com m and letter for cut,
copy, or paste (/X, /C, /P)
Copy the inform ation:
a. Open the m enus
.
• Select the text, write the
com m and stroke, and
then tap the icon for cut
or copy. Move to the
b. Select Edit, and then select Copy.
place where you want to
place the info, write the
com m and stroke again,
and tap the icon for paste.
3
4
Tap where you want to paste the inform ation.
Select Edit, and then select Paste.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
66
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Deleting inform ation
Delete all or part of an entry with the Cut com m and.
Tip
Delete inform ation with
the inform ation, and then
draw a line from right to
left in the input area.
1
2
Select the inform ation you want to delete.
Delete the inform ation:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Edit, and then select Cut.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 4
Entering Inform ation
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of
your handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Sharing
Beam ing inform ation to another Palm OS handheld
• Selecting alternate ways to write som e Graffiti 2 characters
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
entering inform ation or
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Custom izing
• Using the entire screen to write Graffiti 2 characters
• Creating your own Graffiti 2 ShortCuts
Com m on
Answers to frequently asked questions about entering inform ation
Questions
Zire™ 31 Handheld
68
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld
with Your Com puter
In this chapter
Have you ever had to m eet friends at a
certain tim e, so everyone needed to
synchronize their watches?
TM
Why synchronize
inform ation?
Synchronizing sim ply m eans that
inform ation that has been entered or
updated in one place is autom atically
updated in the other. And just as your
watches can be synchronized, you can
synchronize inform ation—such as
photos or contacts—on your handheld
with inform ation on your com puter.
What inform ation is
synchronized?
How do I synchronize?
Custom izing your
synchronization settings
Synchronizing w ith an
external file
Benefits of synchronizing
• Quickly enter and update inform ation
on your com puter and your handheld
Related topics
• Install applications and files
• Protect your inform ation
If you use your handheld only on its
you synchronize it with your com puter.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Why synchronize inform ation?
Quickly enter and update inform ation on your com puter and handheld. Synchronizing updates
inform ation both on your handheld and in Palm ® Desktop softw are on your com puter. For
exam ple, you can quickly enter a contact list on your com puter and then send it to your handheld
instead of re-entering the inform ation.
NOTE
During CD installation, you can choose to synchronize your handheld with Microsoft
Outlook on your com puter (Windows only). If you do, inform ation from Contacts, Calendar, Tasks,
and Mem os is synchronized with Outlook. Other inform ation, such as photos and notes, is
synchronized with Palm Desktop software. You can insert the CD at any tim e to choose
synchronization with Outlook if you did not do so during the initial installation.
Install applications and files. You can use palm One™ Quick Install to send files to certain
applications on your handheld or to install additional software when you synchronize.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
70
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Protect your inform ation. When you synchronize inform ation, you create a backup copy. If
som ething happens to your handheld or your com puter, the inform ation is not lost; one tap
restores it in both places.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Be sure to synchronize at least once a day so that you alw ays have an up-to-date
backup copy of im portant inform ation.
If you use the default settings, inform ation from all the following applications is transferred each
tim e you synchronize your handheld with your com puter:
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Com plete the following:
• Initial handheld setup
• Install Palm Desktop
softw are from the CD
If you’ve installed applications from the CD such as Photos, these applications m ay also be
included in the defaults for synchronization.
NOTE
Inform ation from Photos is synchronized in Palm Desktop software on Windows
com puters only. When you synchronize on a Mac com puter, your photos are stored in the
Hom e:Pictures:palm One Photos:usernam e folder. Inform ation from Expense is synchronized on
Windows com puters only.
In addition, the default settings back up system inform ation from your handheld to your com puter
and install add-on applications from your com puter to your handheld.
If you install other applications and want those applications included in synchronization, you can
Everybody in your fam ily can synchronize their handheld to the sam e copy of Palm Desktop
software. J ust m ake sure that each handheld has its own usernam e; Palm Desktop software reads
the usernam e and recognizes the handheld during synchronization. Although several people can
share the sam e copy of Palm Desktop software, they should not share the sam e usernam e.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
How do I synchronize?
You can synchronize your handheld with your com puter in the following ways:
• Using the HotSync® cable attached to your handheld and your com puter
• Using your handheld’s infrared (IR) port
Key Te rm
»
»
HotSync® Technology
that allows you to
synchronize the info on
your handheld with the
info on your com puter.
• Connecting to your com pany’s network, either wirelessly or using a cable (Windows only)
Key Te rm
HotSync
Manager Software you
use to choose
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
The first tim e you synchronize, you m ust use the HotSync cable or your
handheld’s IR port. If you followed the instructions to synchronize during initial setup, you’ve
already covered this requirem ent.
synchronization settings
and that m ust be active
when you synchronize.
To synchronize, HotSync Manager m ust be active. HotSync Manager was installed when you
installed Palm ® Desktop software; if you didn’t install Palm Desktop software, you don’t have
HotSync Manager on your com puter.
On a Windows com puter, you know HotSync Manager is active when its icon
appears in the
Tip
lower-right corner of your screen. If the icon is not there, turn it on by clicking Start, and then
selecting Program s. Navigate to the Palm Desktop software program group, and select HotSync
Manager.
If the Select User dialog
box appears during
synchronization, select
the usernam e whose
inform ation you want to
synchronize, and click OK.
Or, create a new
usernam e.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
72
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Synchronizing w ith a cable
Tip
If you need help with
synchronizing, see I can’t
synchronize my handheld
w ith my com puter.
Prepare your handheld:
1
a. Connect the HotSync cable to
the USB port on your
com puter, and then insert the
other end into the m ini-USB
connector on your handheld.
Tip
View the HotSync log to
see what applications
were successfully
b. Make sure your handheld is
on.
synchronized and
whether any problem s
took place during
synchronization. Go to
the Hom e screen on your
handheld and select
HotSync, and then select
Log; or, click the HotSync
Manager icon on your
View Log. If any problem s
occurred during
2
Synchronize your handheld with
your com puter:
a. Tap HotSync
.
b. When synchronization is
com plete, a m essage appears
at the top of your handheld
screen, and you can
synchronization, a
m essage appears on your
com puter screen asking if
disconnect your handheld
from the cable. Be patient;
synchronization m ay take up
to a few m inutes.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Synchronizing using the IR port
When you synchronize using your handheld’s IR port, you don’t need your cable. This is especially
useful if you travel with an IR-enabled laptop.
WINDOWS ONLY
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Your com puter m ust have
an enabled IR port and
driver or have an IR
device attached to it.
Check your com puter's
docum entation to see if it
supports IR
1
Prepare your com puter for IR synchronization:
a. Click the HotSync Manager icon
your screen.
in the taskbar in the lower-right corner of
b. Make sure that Infrared is selected.
com m unication.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
74
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Tip
You can continue to use
the HotSync cable even if
your com puter is set up
for IR synchronization. If
you disconnect the cable
after selecting Infrared on
a Windows com puter, be
sure to click the HotSync
Manager icon and select
Local USB before
2
Synchronize your handheld with
your com puter:
a. Go to the Hom e
select HotSync
screen and
.
HotSync icon
b. Tap Local.
c. Tap the pick list below the
HotSync icon and select IR to
a PC/Handheld.
reconnecting the cable.
Tap pick list
d. Position the IR port of your
handheld within a few inches of the IR port of your com puter.
e. Tap the HotSync icon on your handheld.
f. When synchronization is com plete, a m essage appears at the top of your
handheld screen. Be patient; synchronization m ay take up to a few m inutes.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
MAC ONLY
1
Prepare your com puter for IR synchronization:
a. Double-click the HotSync Manager icon
b. In the HotSync Controls tab, select Enabled.
c. Click the Connection Settings tab.
in the Palm folder.
d. Select the On check box next to IR port.
e. Close the HotSync Software Setup window.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
76
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can continue to use
the HotSync cable even if
your com puter is set up
for IR synchronization.
2
Synchronize your handheld with
your com puter:
a. Go to the Hom e
select HotSync
screen and
.
Tip
HotSync icon
Mac Turn off the IR port
when you’re not using it
to increase the speed of
cable synchronization.
b. Select Local.
c. Tap the pick list below the
HotSync icon and select IR to
a PC/Handheld.
Tap pick list
d. Position the IR port of your
handheld within a few inches of the IR port of your com puter.
e. Tap the HotSync icon on your handheld.
f. When synchronization is com plete, a m essage appears at the top of your
handheld screen. Be patient; synchronization m ay take up to a few m inutes.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Synchronizing over a network
WINDOWS ONLY
You can synchronize over your com pany’s network by dialing in to a network or by connecting to
any com puter on the network using a cable or your handheld’s IR port. Use network
synchronization if you are not close enough to your com puter to synchronize directly using a cable
or the IR port.
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
The following setup m ust
be done before you can
synchronize over a
network:
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
The first tim e you synchronize, you m ust use the cable or infrared
com m unication. After that, you can synchronize over a netw ork.
• Your com puter m ust
have TCP/IP installed.
Synchronizing by dialing in to a network
• Your com pany’s
network system and its
rem ote access server
m ust support TCP/IP.
1
Prepare your com puter for network synchronization:
• You m ust have a
rem ote access account.
a. Click the HotSync Manager icon
your screen.
in the taskbar in the lower-right corner of
Check with your system
adm inistrator for
assistance.
b. Select Network.
c. Click the HotSync Manager icon again, and then select Setup.
To synchronize by dialing
in to a network, you m ust
also have a m obile phone
(sold separately) that you
can use as a m odem to
dial in to the network, or
an attachable m odem
accessory (sold
Continued
separately).
Zire™ 31 Handheld
78
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Tip
Click TCP/IP Settings to
display the prim ary
settings for your
d. Click the Network tab and m ake sure your usernam e has a checkm ark next to
it. If the checkm ark is not there, click the check box next to your usernam e.
Co n t ’d .
com puter. Check that
these settings are correct
on your handheld by
selecting the HotSync
icon on the Hom e screen,
and then selecting
Prim ary PC Setup from
the Options m enu. If the
settings do not m atch,
restart your com puter
and synchronize using
the cable or IR port before
synchronizing by dialing
in to a network.
e. Click OK.
f. Tap HotSync
on your handheld to record your com puter’s network
inform ation on your handheld. You m ust use the cable or the IR port for this
synchronization.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
2
Prepare your handheld for
network synchronization:
a. Go to the Hom e
and select HotSync
screen
.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Options, and then
select Modem Sync Prefs.
d. Select Network, and then
select OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
80
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Tip
Use Network Preferences
to set up a service if you
have not done so already.
Check with your system
adm inistrator to obtain
network service
3
Select a service:
a. Select Modem , and then tap Select Service.
inform ation.
b. Tap the Service pick list and select the service you use to connect to your
corporate network. Check with your system adm inistrator if you do not know
which service to use.
c. Select Done.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Only applications that
have a conduit are
included in
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select which
applications to include during
synchronization:
synchronization. Other
included, even if they
appear on the Conduit
Setup screen with a
checkm ark next to their
nam e.
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then
select Conduit Setup.
c. Tap the check boxes to
deselect the files and
applications that you do not
want to synchronize during a
m odem HotSync operation.
Tip
You can deselect
applications, for exam ple,
to include a sm aller
num ber of applications
during synchronization
and thus m ake
synchronization go faster.
To synchronize the preset
applications described in
What inform ation is
synchronized?, skip
step 4.
d. Select OK.
5
Tap the Modem HotSync icon
com puter.
to synchronize your handheld with your
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
82
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Synchronizing by connecting to a com puter on the network
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
In addition to the general
requirem ents for network
synchronization, you
m ust m eet the following
requirem ents in order to
synchronize by
1
Prepare the com puters for network synchronization:
a. Click the HotSync Manager icon
the screen.
in the taskbar in the lower-right corner of
b. Select Network.
connecting with a
NOTE
You m ust select Network on both the com puter to which you are
com puter on the network:
connecting and the com puter with which you want to synchronize.
• To connect using your
handheld’s IR port, the
com puter to which you
are connecting m ust be
IR-com patible.
Continued
• The com puter to which
you are connecting m ust
have a version of
Palm Desktop software
that is com patible with
your handheld.
• The com puter with
which you want to
com puter) m ust be
turned on.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Tip
Click TCP/IP Settings to
display the prim ary
settings for your
2
On the com puter with which you want to synchronize (your own com puter)
only, do the following:
com puter. Check that
these settings are correct
on your handheld by
selecting the HotSync
icon on the Hom e screen,
and then selecting
a. Select Setup from the HotSync Manager m enu.
b. Click the Network tab and m ake sure your usernam e has a checkm ark next to
it. If the checkm ark is not there, click the check box next to your usernam e.
Prim ary PC Setup from
the Options m enu. If the
settings do not m atch,
restart your com puter
and synchronize using
the cable or IR port before
synchronizing by
connecting to a com puter
on the network.
c. Click OK.
d. Tap HotSync
on your handheld to record your com puter’s network
inform ation on your handheld. You m ust use the cable or the IR port for this
synchronization.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
84
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
3
4
Prepare your handheld for
network synchronization:
a. Go to the Hom e
and select HotSync
screen
.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Options, and then
select LANSync Prefs.
d. Select LANSync, and then
select OK.
Synchronize over the network:
On the HotSync screen, select Local.
Tap the HotSync icon
to synchronize your handheld with your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Custom izing your synchronization settings
You can set the following options for synchronization:
• Choosing how your com puter responds when you initiate synchronization on your handheld
(Windows only)
• Enabling or disabling synchronization on your com puter, setting whether synchronization is
enabled autom atically when you start your com puter; and choosing how m uch inform ation to
include in the synchronization troubleshooting log (Mac only)
• Choosing how application inform ation is updated during synchronization
Choosing how your com puter responds to synchronization requests
WINDOWS ONLY
In order for your com puter to respond with you initiate synchronization on your handheld,
HotSync Manager m ust be running. You can choose whether HotSync m anager always runs
autom atically, or whether you m ust perform som e action to start HotSync m anager.
1
Open the synchronization options screen:
a. Click the HotSync Manager icon
your screen.
in the taskbar in the lower-right corner of
b. Select Setup.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
86
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Tip
Use the default setting
Always available if you’re
not sure which option you
want.
2
Select how your com puter responds when you initiate synchronization on your
handheld:
Tip
If you select Manual, you
m ust turn off HotSync
Manager, which is always
on by default. Click the
HotSync Manager icon in
the taskbar in the lower-
right corner of your
screen, and then click
Exit. To start HotSync
Manager when you want
to synchronize, click Start,
and then select
Always available HotSync Manager runs autom atically every tim e you initiate
synchronization on your handheld.
Available only w hen the Palm Desktop softw are is running You m ust open
Palm Desktop software in order for HotSync Manager to run.
Manual You m ust m anually turn HotSync Manager on each tim e you want
your com puter to respond to a synchronization request.
Program s. Navigate to
the Palm Desktop
software program group,
and select HotSync
Manager.
3
Click OK.
Note that if you turn
HotSync Manager on, it
stays on until you turn off
your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Setting synchronization options
MAC ONLY
1
2
Open the synchronization options screen:
a. Double-click the HotSync Manager icon
b. Click the HotSync Controls tab.
in the Palm folder.
Select the synchronization options you want:
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
88
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
HotSync Enabled/ Disabled Sets your com puter to respond to synchronization
requests from your handheld.
Co n t ’d .
Enable HotSync software at system startup Sets your com puter to
autom atically respond to synchronization requests each tim e you start your
com puter. If this option is not selected, you m ust open HotSync Manager and
select the Enabled option before you can synchronize.
Show m ore detail in HotSync Log Includes m ore troubleshooting inform ation
in the log that is generated when you synchronize.
3
Close the HotSync Software Setup window.
Done
Choosing w hether application inform ation is updated
Key Te rm
Conduit The
»
By default, when inform ation in each application is updated in one place (your handheld or your
com puter), it is updated in the other. However, for an application included during synchronization,
you can choose whether inform ation that has been updated in one place is updated in the other
during the next synchronization.
synchronization software
that transfers inform ation
between an application
on your com puter and the
sam e application on your
handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
WINDOWS ONLY
Tip
Window s For
Select the application you want to custom ize:
1
inform ation on choosing
whether application
inform ation is updated if
you are synchronizing
your handheld with
a. Click the HotSync Manager icon
your screen.
in the taskbar in the lower-right corner of
b. Select Custom .
Outlook, see the online
Outlook synchronization
Help. Click the HotSync
Manager icon in the
taskbar in the lower-right
corner of your screen,
select Custom , and then
select one of the Outlook
applications from the list.
Select Change, and then
select one of the
c. Select the appropriate usernam e from the drop-down list at the top of the
screen.
d. Select the application you want, and then click Change.
Continued
applications from the list.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
90
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Tip
You should generally
keep the default setting
(Synchronize the files) for
all applications. Choose
an overwrite option only
if you have a specific
reason for sending
2
Choose how inform ation is updated during the next synchronization:
updates only one way.
Choose Do Nothing if you
never use an application.
Synchronize the files Inform ation that is changed in one place (your handheld
or com puter) is updated in the other during synchronization.
Desktop overw rites handheld Inform ation that has been changed on your
com puter is updated on your handheld during synchronization. If inform ation
has been changed on your handheld, it will be replaced by the inform ation from
your com puter, and you will lose the changes you m ade on your handheld.
Handheld overw rites Desktop Inform ation that has been changed on your
handheld is updated on your com puter during synchronization. If inform ation
has been changed on your com puter, it will be replaced by the inform ation from
your handheld, and you will lose the changes you m ade on your com puter.
Do Nothing No synchronization occurs, so any changes m ade on either your
handheld or your com puter are not updated in the other location.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
3
4
To use the option you select on an ongoing basis, select the Set as default check
box. If you do not select this box, the option you select applies only the next
tim e you synchronize. Thereafter, inform ation is updated according to the
default setting (Synchronize the files).
Click OK, and then click Done.
Done
MAC ONLY
1
Select the application you want to custom ize:
a. Double-click the Palm Desktop icon
in the Palm folder.
b. From the HotSync m enu, select Conduit Settings.
c. From the User pop-up m enu, select the appropriate usernam e.
d. Select an application.
e. Click Conduit Settings.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
92
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Tip
You should generally
keep the default setting
(Synchronize the files) for
all applications. Choose
an overwrite option only
if you have a specific
reason for sending
2
Choose how inform ation is updated during the next synchronization:
updates only one way.
Choose Do Nothing if you
never use an application.
Synchronize the files Inform ation that is changed in one place (your handheld
or com puter) is updated in the other during synchronization.
Desktop overw rites handheld Inform ation that has been changed on your
com puter is updated on your handheld during synchronization. If inform ation
has been changed on your handheld, it will be replaced by the inform ation from
your com puter, and you will lose the changes you m ade on your handheld.
Handheld overw rites Desktop Inform ation that has been changed on your
handheld is updated on your com puter during synchronization. If inform ation
has been changed on your com puter, it will be replaced by the inform ation from
your handheld, and you will lose the changes you m ade on your com puter.
Do Nothing No synchronization occurs, so any changes m ade on either your
handheld or your com puter are not updated in the other location.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
3
4
To use the option you select on an ongoing basis, click Make Default. If you do
not select this box, the option you select applies only the next tim e you
synchronize. Thereafter, inform ation is updated according to the default setting
(Synchronize the files).
Click OK, and then close the Conduit Settings window.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
94
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Synchronizing with an external file
WINDOWS ONLY
The File Link feature enables you to im port Contacts and Mem os inform ation to your handheld
from a separate external file such as a com pany phone list. You can set up File Link to check for
changes to the external file, and then im port those changes to your handheld during
synchronization.
With File Link you can im port inform ation stored in any of the following form ats:
• Com m a-separated (*.csv)
• Mem os archive (*.m pa)
• Contacts archive (*.aba)
• Text (*.txt)
For inform ation on how to set up a file link, see the Palm Desktop online Help.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 5
Synchronizing Your Handheld w ith Your Com puter
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
Installing and
Rem oving
Using palm One Quick Install or Send to Handheld droplet to add
applications to your handheld
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Com m on
Questions
Answers to frequently asked questions about synchronization
S u p p o rt
with synchronization or with
anything else on your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
96
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
In this chapter
A Chinese proverb says, “Life just
gives you tim e and space; it's up to
you to fill it.” But doesn’t it always
seem that no m atter how m uch space
you have, you still need m ore?
What type of expansion
cards can I use?
How can expansion cards
help m e?
Inserting an expansion card
Rem oving an expansion card
Expansion cards (sold separately)
provide a com pact and lim itless
answer to the storage dilem m a. When
one card becom es full, sim ply use
another card. To enjoy som e aspects of
your handheld, such as listening to
m usic, you need to use expansion
Opening an application on
an expansion card
Opening files on an
expansion card
Benefits of expansion cards
• Listen to m usic
View ing card inform ation
Renam ing a card
• View and store m ore photos
• Back up info
• Add m ore gam es and other software
Copying applications to an
expansion card
• Store all your info
Rem oving all inform ation
from a card
Related topics
Zire™ 31 Handheld
97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
What type of expansion cards can I use?
Your handheld is com patible with SDIO, SD, and MultiMediaCard expansion cards. SDIO
expansion cards let you add accessories to your handheld. SD and MultiMediaCard expansion
cards let you store inform ation and applications.
Key Te rm
»
SDIO An acronym for
Secure Digital input/
output.
Tip
How can expansion cards help m e?
Looking for a handy way
to carry your expansion
cards? You can purchase
a variety of carrying
cases. Visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31 and click the
Accessories link.
Listen to m usic. Store songs on expansion cards and use the included RealOne software to
listen to m usic on your handheld.
View and store m ore photos. If your digital cam era (sold separately) uses com patible expansion
cards, you can quickly view your photos by sim ply inserting the card into the expansion slot on
still view your photos. See Copying photos to your handheld for details.
Back up info. Make a copy of your im portant inform ation for safe-keeping in case your handheld
becom es dam aged or is stolen. (Backup card required, sold separately.)
Add gam es and other software. Purchase popular gam es, dictionaries, travel guides, and m ore.
To check out the variety of expansion cards available for your handheld, visit w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31 and click the Accessories link.
Add accessories. Attach SDIO accessories, such as a presentation m odule, to your handheld.
Store all your info. Never worry about running out of space on your handheld. Purchase as m any
com e in a variety of capacities, and they’re very sm all, easy to store, and affordably priced.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
98
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Inserting an expansion card
1
Insert the card into the expansion
slot with the label side facing the
front of the handheld.
Push
Label side
2
Push the card in with your thum b
until you hear the confirm ation
tone.
NOTE
No confirm ation tone?
Check the Sounds & Alerts
Preferences to m ake sure the
System Sound setting is turned
on.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Rem oving an expansion card
Tip
To prevent dam aging the
card and the info on it,
always wait for your
handheld to finish writing
to the expansion card
before you rem ove the
card from the slot.
Push lightly against the card with
your thum b until you hear the
confirm ation tone.
1
Push
2
Slide the card out of the
expansion slot.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
100
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Opening an application on an expansion card
When you insert an expansion card into the expansion slot, your handheld adds the expansion
card to the category list in the upper-right corner of the screen. You can easily switch between
applications installed on your handheld and on the expansion card.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can install
applications and other
files to an expansion card
during synchronization.
NOTE
Som e applications m ay not run correctly when you install them on an expansion card.
Try installing these applications on your handheld instead. If you still have problem s, contact the
developer.
Tip
When the highlight on the
Hom e screen is not
active, you can hold
down Select on the to
open the category pick
list.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen.
Insert the expansion card.
Category
pick list
Tip
Expansion card already in
the expansion slot?
Select the category pick
list and select the card
nam e to view the
applications on the card.
3
Select an application icon to open that application.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Opening files on an expansion card
Som e applications, such as RealOne Player, require you to store your files on an expansion card
instead of on your handheld. In other applications, such as palm One™ Photos, storing files on
expansion cards is optional. You can open files on an expansion card when you insert the card into
the expansion slot.
1
2
3
Open the application associated with the files you want to open.
Insert the expansion card.
Select the entry you want to view.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
102
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Viewing card inform ation
It’s easy to forget which files you put on a particular expansion card. Use the Card Info application
to view the card nam e and type, available storage space, and a sum m ary of its contents.
Tip
Reading and writing info
on an expansion card
uses m ore battery power
than doing the sam e task
on your handheld. If you
have enough space on
your handheld, consider
copying the info to your
handheld.
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Card Info
.
Card nam e
Space available
Sum m ary of contents
Tip
If your handheld’s battery
is very low, access to the
expansion card m ay be
disabled. If this occurs,
recharge your handheld
as soon as possible.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Renam ing a card
The expansion card nam e appears in the category pick list and in other lists that let you choose
where to store your info. When you buy a new card, give it a nam e that helps you rem em ber
what’s on the card. You can renam e the card later if you decide to store different info on the card.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Card Info
.
Open the Renam e Card dialog
box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Renam e Card on the
Card m enu.
3
Enter the new nam e for the card, and then select Renam e.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
104
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Copying applications to an expansion card
Tip
If you use a card reader to
com puter, the file nam es
m ay differ from the
nam es you see on the
Hom e screen.
Insert the expansion card, and then go to the Hom e
screen.
1
2
Open the Copy dialog box:
c. Open the m enus
.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Som e applications, such
as Photos, let you copy or
m ove info between your
handheld and an
d. Select Copy on the App m enu.
expansion card. See the
inform ation on each
application for details.
3
Select the application to copy:
NOTE
A lock appears next to applications that are copy-protected. You
cannot copy or beam these applications.
a. Tap the Copy From pick list and select Handheld.
b. Tap the application you want to copy.
c. Tap Copy.
d. Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Rem oving all inform ation from a card
Form atting a card rem oves all of its info and prepares it to accept new applications and files.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
We do not recom m end form atting backup cards. Form atting rem oves the
1
2
3
Insert an expansion card.
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Card Info
.
Form at the card:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Form at Card on the
Card m enu.
c. When asked if you want to
form at the card, select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
106
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 6
Expanding Your Handheld
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
Sharing
Exchanging applications and inform ation with other Palm OS® handheld
users by exchanging cards or beam ing item s between handhelds
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Installing and
Rem oving
Adding applications from your com puter to an expansion card, and
installing other files such as photos or m usic
S u p p o rt
with expansion cards or with
anything else on your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
In this chapter
Say good-bye to a paper address book
that you need to update m anually
every tim e som eone m oves, changes
their e-m ail address, or gets a new
work extension. With Contacts, not
only is it easy to enter inform ation such
as nam es, addresses, and phone
num bers, but it is just as quick to view,
update, and organize contact
Adding a contact
Copying contact inform ation
into m ultiple contacts
Locating a contact on your
list
Custom izing the Contacts
list
Working w ith Contacts on
your com puter
inform ation.
Benefits of Contacts
• Carry all your business and personal
contact inform ation in your hand
You can back up contact inform ation to
your com puter and easily share info
with other handhelds. You can even
add photos of your loved ones directly
to their contact inform ation screen.
Related topics
• Keep track of who is who
• Keep in touch
Zire™ 31 Handheld
108
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Adding a contact
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
If you want to add photos
to your contacts, install
palm One™ Photos from
the installation CD onto
your handheld.
Press the Contacts
application button.
1
2
Add your contact inform ation:
a. Select New.
Win d ow s Insert the CD
and follow the onscreen
instructions to install
extra software.
Ma c Insert the CD and
double-click the Essential
Software folder icon.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
If the first character you
enter in the Last Nam e or
Com pany field is an
sym bol, that record
b. Tap each field where you want to enter inform ation, and enter it. Tap the
scroll arrows
to view m ore fields.
always appears at the top
of the Contacts list. That’s
useful for an entry like “If
num ber].”
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Tip
To learn how to transfer
photos to your handheld,
see palm One™ Photos.
The following fields contain features to help you enter inform ation quickly:
Co n t ’d .
All fields except num eric and e-m ail fields The first letter is autom atically
capitalized.
Tip
If m ultiple contacts share
inform ation, such as a
com pany nam e and
address, you can enter
the first contact, and then
copy the inform ation into
other contacts.
Title, Com pany, City, and State As you enter letters, a m atch appears if you
have one on your Contacts list. For exam ple, if you enter S, Sacram ento m ight
appear, and if you then enter a and n, San Francisco m ight replace Sacram ento.
When the word you want appears, tap the next field.
Address You can enter up to three addresses, each containing five fields: Addr,
City, State, Zip Code, and Country. You can designate an address as work (W),
hom e (H), or other (O). By default, the first address is designated as work.
3
[ & ] OPTIONAL Add a photo:
a. Tap the Picture box.
Tap here
b. Select the photo you want.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
110
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Tip
If you want a rem inder
about a birthday, select
the Rem inder check box,
enter the num ber of days
before the birthday that
you want to see the
rem inder, and then select
OK.
4
5
[ & ] OPTIONAL Add a
birthday:
a. Tap the Birthday box.
b. Use the left and right arrows
to m ove to and select the birth
year. Hold down either arrow
to scroll quickly through the
years.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Birthdays you enter in
Contacts appear as
c. Select the m onth and date.
untim ed events in
Calendar. If you update
the birthday in Contacts,
it autom atically updates
in Calendar as well.
After you finish entering all the inform ation you want, select Done.
Done
That’s it. Your handheld autom atically saves the contact. Make
sure you have a current backup. Synchronize often.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Entering additional contact inform ation
The Contact Edit screen displays certain fields by default. You can custom ize the Contact Edit
screen to display additional fields.
Tip
Additional fields appear
in a contact only if you
enter info into them . If
you leave a field blank, it
does not appear the next
tim e you open the
Contact Edit screen. Also,
additional fields apply
only to the current
contact; you can
duplicate contact
inform ation if you need to
apply the sam e fields to
m ultiple contacts.
1
2
Press the Contacts
application button.
Display additional contact fields:
a. Select the contact you want, and then select Edit.
b. Tap the plus button on the lower-right corner of the Contact Edit screen.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Each field type can be
displayed a certain
num ber of tim es, up to a
preset m axim um . Once
you reach this m axim um ,
the field type no longer
appears on the pop-up
list. For exam ple, you can
display up to seven
Tap here
Note icon
c. Select the field you want displayed from the list. The field appears in a preset
location on the Contact Edit screen.
Phone/Em ail fields.
Tip
Done
Tap the Note icon next to
the plus button to add a
note to the contact.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
112
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Selecting contact field types
You can select the types of phone num bers (work, hom e, m obile, pager, and so on), as well as
specify the instant m essenger (IM) account, that you associate with a contact.
Tip
Any changes you m ake to
field types apply only to
the current contact. You
can duplicate contact
inform ation if you need to
apply the sam e contact
fields to m ultiple
1
2
Press the Contacts
application button.
Custom ize the contact field type:
a. Select the contact you want, and then select Edit.
contacts.
b. Tap the pick list next to the field you want to change and select the new field
type you want. Available fields include phone num ber, e-m ail address, and
instant m essenger (IM) fields.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
The e-m ail address field
type is located on the
sam e pick list as the
phone num ber fields. IM
field types are located on
a separate pick list.
NOTE
You m ust set up an instant m essenger account with a service
provider to use instant m essaging on your handheld.
Tap triangle
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Defining custom fields
You can define the custom fields that appear at the end of the Contact Edit screen to display any
additional contact inform ation you want, such as spouse’s or children’s nam es, favorite color, or
any other inform ation.
1
2
Press the Contacts
application button.
Define the custom fields:
a. Select the contact you want,
and then select Edit.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Options, and then
select Renam e Custom Fields.
d. Enter nam es for up to nine
custom fields, and then tap
OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
114
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Selecting a contact as your business card
You can create a contact with your own inform ation and select it as your business card by opening
the Record Menu and selecting Business Card. You can then beam your business card to other
handhelds. To beam your business card quickly, hold down the Contacts application button for
approxim ately two seconds.
1
2
Press the Contacts
application button.
Create a business card:
a. Select the contact you want, or create a new contact with your own contact
inform ation.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Business Card on the Record m enu.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Copying contact inform ation into m ultiple contacts
You can quickly m ake a copy of a contact so that you can edit only the fields you need to change.
For exam ple, if two of your contacts have the sam e work address or phone num ber, duplicating
the first contact sim plifies entering inform ation in the second.
Tip
You can also duplicate a
contact in the Contacts
desktop application by
highlighting a contact in
the Contacts list, and then
selecting Edit Copy.
Create a new contact,
click the Note tab, and
then paste the info into a
note. Then cut and paste
the text into the correct
field in the new contact.
1
2
Press the Contacts
Duplicate a contact:
application button.
a. Select the contact you want, and then select Edit.
b. Open the m enus
.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
c. Select Record, and then select Duplicate Contact.
If you duplicate a contact
and do not edit the nam e,
the contact appears in the
Contacts list as “<Last
nam e>, <First nam e>
Copy.”
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
116
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Locating a contact on your list
Tip
You can also press Right
on the navigator (or tap
the Quick Look Up icon at
the top of the screen) to
open the Quick Look Up
line. Press Up and Down
to select the letter of the
nam e you want in each
box, and press Right to
m ove to the next box.
1
2
Press the Contacts
application button.
Search for the contact:
a. Tap the Look Up line at the
bottom of the screen and
enter the first letter of the
nam e you want to find.
b. Enter the second letter of the
nam e, and so on, until you
can easily scroll to the contact
you want.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
The Phone Lookup
feature lets you add
contact inform ation
directly into certain other
applications on your
handheld. For exam ple,
you can add a nam e and
phone num ber to a
m em o or task.
3
Select the contact to open it.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Deleting a contact
Tip
You never know when
you’re going to need to
look up an old business
associate. If you save an
archive copy of your
deleted contacts, you can
refer to them later by
im porting them .
1
2
Press the Contacts
application button.
Open the Delete Contact dialog
box:
a. Locate the contact you want.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Delete Contact on the
Record m enu.
3
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the contact on
your com puter.
Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
118
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Custom izing the Contacts list
By default, the Contacts list displays the work phone num ber for a contact; if no work phone
num ber is entered, another entry is displayed. You can custom ize a contact’s settings to display
different inform ation on the Contacts list.You can also custom ize the appearance of the list.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
If you select Work, Hom e,
Fax, Other, Main, Pager,
or Mobile from the pick
list, the first letter of your
selection appears next to
the contact in the
1
2
Press the Contacts
application button.
Open the Contact Details dialog box:
a. Select the contact you want.
Contacts list—for
exam ple, W for Work. If
you select E-m ail, no
letter appears next to the
contact.
b. Select Edit, and then select Details.
3
Specify the inform ation
displayed with a contact:
Tip
You can also use the
Contact Details dialog
box to assign a contact to
a category or to m ark a
contact as private.
a. Tap the Show in List pick list
that you want to appear in the
b. Select OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
4
Custom ize the appearance of the Contacts list:
a. From the Contacts list, open the m enus
b. Select Options, and then select Preferences.
c. Select the display options you want:
.
Rem em ber last category Select the check box if you want Contacts to display
the last category shown when you return to it from another application. If the
check box is deselected, Contacts opens to the All category.
List by Select whether to sort the Contacts list by last nam e and first nam e or
by com pany and last nam e.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
120
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Working with Contacts on your com puter
Use Contacts on your com puter to view and m anage the contacts you create on your handheld.
Check out the online Help in Palm ® Desktop software to learn how to use Contacts on your
com puter. The online Help includes info about the following topics:
• Viewing, copying, and deleting contacts
• Editing contact details
• Marking contacts private
• Showing, m asking, and hiding private contacts
• Printing contacts
• Changing between the list, contact info, and Contact Edit views
• Adding notes to a contact
• Adding a date and tim e stam p to a contact
• Organizing contacts into categories
• Sharing contacts
WINDOWS ONLY
To open Contacts on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop,
and then click Contacts on the launch bar.
MAC ONLY
To open Contacts on your com puter, launch Palm Desktop software from the Palm folder, and then
click Addresses.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 7
Managing Your Contacts
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving
Around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Categories
Organizing contacts by type and sorting them
Inform ation
Transferring contact inform ation from other applications such as databases,
spreadsheets, and other organizer software
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
with Contacts or with
anything else on your
handheld, go to
Keeping contacts private by turning on security options
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
122
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
In this chapter
Staying on top of your schedule is an
im portant part of being productive
both at work and at hom e. Calendar
can help you rem em ber appointm ents
and spot schedule conflicts. You can
view your calendar by day, week, or
m onth, or as an agenda list that
com bines your list of tasks with your
appointm ents.
Scheduling events
Color-coding your schedule
Setting an alarm
Rescheduling an event
Deleting events
Checking your schedule
Custom izing your calendar
Benefits of Calendar
• Track current, future, and past
appointm ents
Working w ith Calendar on
your com puter
Related topics
• Stay on top of deadlines
• Carry one calendar
• Spot schedule conflicts
Zire™ 31 Handheld
123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Scheduling events
Use Calendar to m anage your schedule. You can enter appointm ents, events without a start tim e,
events that repeat at regular intervals, and events that span a period of tim e.
Key Te rm
»
Event The nam e for an
entry in the Calendar
application, including
appointm ents, birthdays,
rem inders, recurring
m eetings, and so on.
Scheduling an appointm ent
1
2
Open Day View:
Tip
a. Press the Calendar
application button.
You can also scroll to a
date by pressing Right or
Left on the navigator or
by tapping the arrows at
the top of the Day View
screen.
Day View icon
Go To
b. Tap the Day View icon
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can use m ore than
one line to describe an
appointm ent.
Select the date of the appointm ent:
a. Tap Go To.
b. Tap the arrows to select the year.
c. Tap the m onth.
d. Tap the date.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
124
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can color-code your
calendar to file events in
categories. Each category
has its own color. You can
also m ark events as
private to hide them from
prying eyes.
3
4
Tap the line next to the tim e the appointm ent begins and enter a description.
If the appointm ent is longer or shorter than an hour, set the duration:
a. In Day View, tap the start tim e.
b. In the Set Tim e dialog box, tap End Tim e.
c. Tap the hour and m inute lists to select the tim e the appointm ent ends.
d. Select OK.
Description
Start tim e
Duration
Hour Minute
list list
Category m arker
Done
That’s it. Your handheld autom atically saves the appointm ent.
Make sure you have a current backup. Synchronize often.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Scheduling an event w ithout a start tim e
Keep track of events that take place on a particular date, but not at a particular tim e. For exam ple,
you m ay want to enter holidays, anniversaries, and deadlines.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Need to reserve a date
before you know the
details of the
appointm ent? Schedule
an event without a start
tim e.
1
2
Open Day View:
a. Press the Calendar
application button.
Day View icon
Go To
b. Tap the Day View icon
Select the date of the event:
a. Tap Go To.
b. Tap the arrows to select the
year.
c. Tap the m onth.
d. Tap the date.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
126
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Tip
You can change an event
without a tim e to a
scheduled appointm ent.
Tap the event description,
tap Details, tap the Tim e
box, and select the start
and end tim es.
3
Add an unscheduled event line:
a. Tap New.
b. Tap No Tim e.
4
Enter a description on the line
that appears at the top of the
screen.
NOTE
A diam ond appears in
the tim e colum n to show that the
event doesn’t start at a specific
tim e.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Scheduling a repeating event—standard interval
There’s no need to re-enter events that take place on a regular basis. Just set up a repeating event.
This is a great way to block out tim e for things like a daily walk with the dog, a weekly team
m eeting, a m onthly gam e night with friends, and annual events like anniversaries and holidays.
Tip
To select intervals such as
the 2nd Tuesday of every
m onth or the 3rd
Thursday in Novem ber of
every year, see
Scheduling a repeating
event—unusual interval.
1
2
3
Press the Calendar
application button.
Enter the event you want to repeat, and then tap the event description.
Set the repeat interval:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Repeat pick list and
select how often the event
repeats: Daily until, Every week,
Every other week, Every m onth,
or Every year.
NOTE
If you select Daily a dialog box appears for you to select the end date.
c. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
128
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Scheduling a repeating event—unusual interval
Som e events don’t fit neatly into the preset repeat intervals, so you need to set up your own
repeat intervals. For exam ple, set aside tim e for a trip to the gym every other day, schedule a class
that m eets on the 1st Wednesday of each m onth, or enter annual holidays that occur during a
particular tim e of m onth such as the 1st Monday in Septem ber or the 3rd week of Novem ber.
1
2
3
Press the Calendar
application button.
Enter the event you want to repeat, and then tap the event description.
Open the Change Repeat dialog box:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Repeat pick list and select Other.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Tip
To enter holidays such as
Labor Day or
Thanksgiving, tap Month,
enter 12 on the Every line,
and then tap Day as the
Repeat By setting.
4
Set the repeat interval:
a. Tap Day, Week, Month, or Year as the repeat unit.
b. Tap the Every line and enter the frequency at which the event repeats.
c. Tap the End on pick list and select an end date, if needed.
d. If you selected Week in step c, tap the day of the week the event repeats. If
you selected Month in step c, tap Day to select the week within the m onth,
such as the 4th Thursday, or tap Date to select the sam e date within the
m onth, such as the 15th.
e. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
130
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Scheduling an event that is longer than a day
Reserve a block of tim e for events that span several days such as a vacation, conference, training
class, or an extended project.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Reserve a specific block
of tim e during the day or
use events without tim es
to flag a series of dates.
For exam ple, you can
reserve vacation tim e
from 6/23 – 6/30 using a
repeating event without a
tim e, and then schedule a
specific excursion from
9:00 to 3:00 on 6/24 and
dinner with a friend at
6:00 on 6/25.
1
2
3
Press the Calendar
application button.
Enter the event, and then tap the event description.
Set the repeat interval:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Repeat pick list and
select Daily until.
Tip
Need to enter an event
that extends beyond
m idnight? Enter an end
tim e that is earlier than
the start tim e.
c. Select the year, m onth, and date
when the event ends.
d. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Entering a location or a note for an event
Enter a description of the event’s location such as a restaurant, a conference room , or your friend’s
house. Enter a note such as dial-in info for a conference call or directions to a location.
1
2
3
Press the Calendar
application button.
Enter the event, and then tap the event description.
[ & ] OPTIONAL Enter the
location:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Location field and enter
a description of the location.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
132
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
4
5
[ & ] OPTIONAL Enter the note:
a. Tap Note
.
b. Enter the note text.
c. Select Done.
Select OK.
Done
The location nam e and a note icon appear next to the event
description in Agenda View and in Day View .
Color-coding your schedule
Use color-coding to quickly spot different types of events. For exam ple, m ake all your fam ily
appointm ents green, your work appointm ents blue, and your appointm ents with friends yellow.
Selecting your color-codes
Each color-code represents a category of events. You can assign each category a nam e and select
which color you want to assign to it.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
1
2
Open Day View:
Category
m arker
a. Press the Calendar
application button.
Day View icon
b. Tap the Day View icon
Open the Edit Categories dialog box:
a. From Day View, tap the event
description.
b. Tap Details.
c. Tap the Category pick list and
select Edit Categories.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
134
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
3
Select the color-code for the category:
a. Tap New or select a category and tap Edit.
b. Enter or edit the category nam e.
c. Tap the color you want to give this category.
d. Select OK, and then select OK two m ore tim es.
Done
The category nam e and its color-coded m arker appear on the
category list.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Assigning a color-code to an event
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
In Day View and Month
View you can set the
Display Options to show
the category list so that
you can view all your
events or just the events
for a single color-code.
1
2
3
Press the Calendar
application button.
Enter the event you want to color-code.
Tap the category m arker next to the description, and then select a category from
the list.
category
m arker
Done
In Agenda View and Day View the category m arker next to the
event is color-coded. In Week View and Month View the sym bol
for the event is color-coded.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
136
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Setting an alarm
Tip
You can custom ize your
alarm settings in the
Calendar Preferences
dialog box.
Press the Calendar
application button.
1
2
3
Enter the event you want to assign an alarm to, and then tap the event
description.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
If you set your alarm s in
World Clock instead of
Calendar, you have
Set the alarm :
different alarm sound
choices. Keep in m ind
that since World Clock
alarm s aren’t tied to a
specific event, you won’t
see an event description
when a World Clock alarm
sounds.
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Alarm check box.
c. Tap the pick list and select
Minutes, Hours, or Days.
d. Enter how m any m inutes,
hours, or days before the
event you want the alarm to
sound, and then select OK.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
When you set an alarm , a
to the right of the event
description.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Rescheduling an event
Tip
You can also use the
Event Details dialog box
to change the alarm ,
location, category, repeat,
and privacy settings.
Press the Calendar
application button.
1
2
Go to the event you want to reschedule:
a. From Day View, tap Go To.
b. Select the year, m onth, and date of the event.
c. Tap the event description, and edit it if necessary.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
If you edit the description of a repeating event, the new
description appears in all instances of the event.
3
Change the date and tim e:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Tim e box and select
the new start and end tim es.
c. Tap the Date box and select
the new date.
d. Select OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
138
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
4
If you’re changing a repeating
event, tap one of the following to
select which event(s) you want to
apply the changes to:
Current Apply your changes to
only the selected instance of the
repeating event.
Future Apply your changes to the selected event and all instances of the
repeating event that occur at a later date.
All Apply your changes to the selected event and all past and future instances
of the repeating event.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Deleting events
If an appointm ent is cancelled, you can delete it from your schedule. When deleting a repeating
event, you can indicate whether you want to delete just the selected event, or to include other
instances of the event. You can also delete all your old events that are before a selected
tim efram e.
Tip
You can also delete a
specific event by
selecting the event,
tapping Details, and then
tapping Delete.
Deleting a specific event
Tip
Many people find it useful
to refer to old events for
tax purposes. If you save
an archive copy of your
deleted events, you can
refer to them later by
im porting them .
1
2
Press the Calendar
application button.
Go to the event you want to delete:
a. From Day View, tap Go To.
b. Select the year, m onth, and date of the event.
c. Tap the event description.
3
Open the Delete Event dialog
box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Delete Event on the
Record m enu.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
140
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the event on
your com puter.
5
6
Select OK.
If you’re deleting a repeating
event, tap one of the following to
select which event(s) you want to
delete:
Current Delete only the selected
instance of the repeating event.
Future Delete the selected event
and all instances of the repeating event that occur at a later date.
All Delete the selected event and all past and future instances of the repeating
event.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Deleting all your old events
When you need m ore space on your handheld, or you just want to do som e “housekeeping,” you
can delete all your old events.
Press the Calendar
application button.
1
2
Open the Purge dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Purge on the Record
m enu.
3
Select which events to purge:
a. Tap the Delete events older than pick list and select a tim efram e.
b. Select the Save archive copy on PC check box if you want to place a copy of
the deleted events in an archive file on your com puter the next tim e you
synchronize.
c. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
142
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Checking your schedule
Som etim es you want to look at your schedule for a particular date, while other tim es you want to
see an overview of a week or m onth.
Tip
Press the Calendar
application button
repeatedly to cycle
through the four different
views.
View ing your appointm ents and tasks together
Agenda View shows your daily schedule and any item s on your Tasks list that are overdue or due
today. If there’s room on the screen, Agenda View also shows your schedule for the next dates
that have events scheduled on them .
Tip
If you installed an e-m ail
application, such as the
palm One™ VersaMail™
application (sold
1
Press the Calendar
application button.
NOTE
If Calendar is already open, tap the Agenda View icon
instead.
separately), you can
custom ize Agenda View
to show how m any
unread m essages you
have.
Continued
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can use a favorite
photo as the background
for your Agenda View.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
2
Do one of the following to view your schedule:
• Tap an appointm ent to go to it in Day View.
• Tap a task to go to it in Tasks.
Category m arker
No-tim e icon
Location
Overdue task icon
Agenda View icon
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
144
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
View ing your daily schedule
Day View shows your daily schedule one day at a tim e. You can scroll between days in the current
week or jum p to any other date.
1
Open Day View:
a. Press the Calendar
b. Tap the Day View icon
application button.
.
Day selector
Alarm icon
Birthday icon
No-tim e icon
Repeat icon
Note icon
Event duration
Category m arker
Day View icon
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
2
Do any of the following to view your daily schedule:
• Tap the day selector to view another day in the sam e week, tap the arrows to
scroll to the previous or next week, or tap Go To to choose a specific date.
• Tap the repeat icon, the alarm icon, or Details to open the Details dialog box.
• Tap the note icon to view the note text.
• Tap the birthday icon to view the birthday entry.
• Tap the category m arker to assign the event to a color-code.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
146
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
View ing your w eekly schedule
Week View shows your schedule for an entire week. The tim efram es that appear on the screen are
based on the Start Tim e and End Tim e settings in Calendar Preferences.
Tip
You can also press Right
and Left on the navigator
to scroll to the next or
previous week. To go to
Day View for a particular
day, press Select on the
navigator to insert a
highlight, press Right or
Left to select a day, and
then press Select on the
navigator again.
1
Open Week View:
Week selector
Multi-day event
a. Press the Calendar
application button.
No-tim e icon
b. Tap the Week View icon
.
Event
Scroll arrows
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
After-hours event
Reschedule an event
within the sam e week by
dragging the event box to
the new tim e and day.
Week View icon
2
Do any of the following to view your weekly schedule:
• Tap the week selector to scroll between weeks, or tap Go To to choose a week.
• Tap a date to go to that day in Day View.
• Tap an event to view the event description and location.
• Tap the scroll arrows to view events scheduled earlier or later in the day
during the selected week.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
View ing your m onthly schedule
Month View shows your schedule for a whole m onth. You can scroll between m onths or jum p to
any other m onth.
Tip
You can also press Right
and Left on the navigator
to scroll to the next or
previous m onth. To go to
Day View for a particular
date, press Select on the
navigator to insert a
highlight, press Right or
Left to select a date, and
then press Select on the
navigator again.
1
Open Month View:
Month selector
Event
a. Press the Calendar
application button.
b. Tap the Month View icon
.
No-tim e icon
Multi-day event
Month View icon
2
Do any of the following to view your m onthly schedule:
• Tap the m onth selector to scroll to the previous or next m onth, or tap Go To to
choose a specific m onth.
• Tap a date to go to that day in Day View.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
148
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Finding events that overlap
When an event starts before a previous event finishes, the events overlap. You can spot events
that overlap in Week View and in Day View.
Overlapping
events
Custom izing your calendar
Control the appearance of your Calendar screens. Choose display options for Agenda View, Day
View, and Month View. The options you choose for each View apply only to that View. You can also
choose alarm and start and end tim e settings.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Custom izing display options for your calendar
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
To use a photo as your
Agenda View
Press the Calendar
application button.
1
2
background, you m ust
first install palm One™
Photos from the
installation CD onto your
handheld.
Open the Display Options dialog
box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then
select Display Options.
3
Tap the Default View pick list and select the view you want to see when you
open Calendar.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
150
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Tip
If the text is difficult to see
against your new
background, select a
different Color Them e to
change the text color.
Set any of the following Agenda View display options:
4
5
Show Due Tasks Display tasks that are due today and tasks that are overdue.
Show Messages Display the num ber of read and unread e-m ail m essages.
Tip
Background Use your favorite photo as the Agenda View background. Select
the Background check box, tap the photo thum bnail, and then select a photo.
Adjust the fade setting so that the text is easy to read against the photo.
If you want to see the
hours when you have
nothing scheduled as well
as your appointm ents,
deselect Com press Day
View. But don’t forget to
scroll down to see the
events at the end of your
day.
Tap Day and set any of the
following Day View options:
Show Category List Display the
category pick list. By default, the
Category pick list doesn’t appear.
Show Tim e Bars Display the bars
that show the duration of an event
and event conflicts.
Com press Day View Avoid scrolling and display only the tim e period with
scheduled events.
Show Category Colum n Display the category m arker between the tim e and
description. The color of the category m arker indicates which category the
event is filed under.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Tap Month and set any of the
following Month View options:
6
7
Show Category List Display the
category pick list. By default, the
Category pick list doesn’t appear.
Tim ed Events Show events that
are scheduled for a specific tim e.
Untim ed Events Show events
that are scheduled for a specific date, but not a specific tim e.
Daily Repeating Events Show events that repeat every day.
Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
152
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Setting alarm and tim e options
Tip
You can view and
schedule events in tim e
slots that are before or
after the start or end tim e.
You just need to scroll to
those tim e slots.
Press the Calendar
application button.
1
2
Open the Preferences dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then
select Preferences.
3
Select the tim efram es that appear in Day View and Week View:
a. Tap the arrows next to the Start Tim e box to set the tim e that your daily
schedule typically begins.
b. Tap the arrows next to the End Tim e box to set the tim e that your daily
schedule typically ends.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
4
Set any of the following alarm settings:
Alarm Preset Set an alarm for each new event. When you select this check
box, you also need to enter the default num ber of m inutes, days, or hours
before the event the alarm sounds. For events without a tim e, the alarm settings
are based on m idnight of the date of the event. The Alarm Preset settings
appear as defaults for each new event, but you can change these settings in the
Details dialog box for individual events. If you don’t want to use alarm s for
m ost of your events, don’t select this check box.
Alarm Sound Select the sound the alarm m akes when it goes off.
Rem ind Me Select how m any tim es the alarm sounds after the first tim e it
goes off: Once, Twice, 3 Tim es, 5 Tim es, and 10 Tim es.
Play Every Select how often the alarm sounds: Minute, 5 m inutes, 10 m inutes,
and 30 m inutes.
5
Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
154
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Working with Calendar on your com puter
Use Calendar on your com puter to view and m anage your schedule. Check out the online Help in
Palm ® Desktop software to learn how to use Calendar on your com puter. The online Help includes
info about the following topics:
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Mac Check out the
Holiday Files folder in the
Palm folder. It contains
various holidays that can
you im port into
• Scheduling events
• Rescheduling events
Palm Desktop software
on your com puter.
• Setting alarm s
• Deleting events
• Marking events as private and hiding them
• Printing your schedule
• Working with Day View, Week View, Month View, and Year View
WINDOWS ONLY
To open Calendar on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop,
and then click Calendar on the launch bar.
MAC ONLY
To open Calendar on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder, and
then click Date Book.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 8
Managing Your Calendar
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Sharing
Beam ing events to other Palm OS® handheld users
Privacy
Keeping events private by turning on security options
• Editing and deleting categories
Categories
• Viewing events by category
S u p p o rt
Com m on
Answers to frequently asked questions about Calendar
If you’re having problem s
with Calendar or with
anything else on your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
156
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
In this chapter
Som e of the m ost successful people in
the world are also the busiest. When
asked how they m anage to do it all,
busy people usually say, “I m ake lists.”
The Tasks application on your
Creating a task
Organizing your tasks
Marking a task com plete
Deleting tasks
handheld is the perfect place to m ake a
list of the things you need to do.
Custom izing your Tasks list
Working w ith Tasks on your
com puter
Related topics
Benefits of Tasks
• Set priorities
• Track deadlines
• Stay focused
Zire™ 31 Handheld
157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Creating a task
Tip
If no task is currently
selected, you can create a
new task by w riting
Graffiti® 2 characters in
the input area.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
Create a task:
a. Tap New.
Due date
Tip
Add a note to a task. Tap
the Note button, enter the
note text, and then select
Done.
b. Enter a description of the task.
Long description
New task
Priority num ber
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can organize your
tasks by filing them into
categories. You can also
m ark tasks as private to
hide them from prying
eyes.
Note button
3
[ & ] OPTIONAL Assign a priority and due date:
a. Tap the priority num ber and select a num ber (1 is the m ost im portant).
b. Tap the due date and select a date from the list, or select Choose Date to
select a date from the calendar.
Done
That’s it. Your handheld autom atically saves the task. Make sure
you have a current backup. Synchronize often.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
158
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Setting an alarm
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Create a task and assign it
a due date. A task m ust
have a due date to set an
alarm .
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
1
2
Open the Set Alarm dialog box:
Tip
a. Tap the task you want to assign an alarm to.
b. Tap Details.
You can custom ize the
alarm sound for your
tasks in the Task
Preferences dialog box.
c. Tap the Alarm box.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
When you set an alarm , a
little alarm clock appears
to the right of the task
description.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
3
Set the alarm :
a. Tap the Alarm check box.
b. Enter how m any days before the due date you want the alarm to sound.
c. Tap the tim e colum ns to set the tim e the alarm sounds.
d. Select OK, and then select OK again.
Done
Scheduling a repeating task—standard interval
Repeating tasks are a great way to add tasks that happen over and over again, like taking out the
trash every Thursday night or m aking m onthly m ortgage or rent paym ents.
Tip
To select intervals such as
the 2nd Tuesday of every
m onth or the 3rd
Thursday in Novem ber of
every year, see
Scheduling a repeating
task—unusual interval.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
Enter the task you want to repeat and assign it a due date.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
160
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
3
Set the repeat interval:
a. Tap the task description, and
then tap Details.
b. Tap the Repeat pick list and
select how often the task
repeats: Daily until, Every week,
Every other week, Every m onth,
or Every year.
NOTE
If you select Daily a dialog box appears for you to select the end date.
c. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Scheduling a repeating task—unusual interval
For tasks that don’t fit neatly into the preset repeat intervals, you can set up your own repeat
intervals. For exam ple, enter tasks for paying a quarterly insurance bill or a credit card bill that is
due every 28 days, or changing your sm oke detector battery every six m onths.
1
2
3
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
Enter the task you want to repeat and assign it a due date.
Open the Change Repeat dialog box:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Repeat pick list and select Other.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
162
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Tip
To schedule an annual
task, such as decorating
for a holiday on the first
Sunday of a particular
m onth, select Month as
the repeat unit, enter 12
on the Every line, and
then tap Day as the
Repeat By setting.
4
Set the repeat interval:
a. Tap Day, Week, Month, or Year as the repeat unit.
b. Tap Fixed Schedule to base the due date on the due date of the current task,
or tap After Com pleted to base the due date on the date you com plete this
task. With this option if you com plete this task early or late, the due date for
the next task adjusts accordingly.
c. Tap the Every line and enter the frequency at which the task repeats.
d. Tap the End on pick list and select an end date, if needed.
e. If you selected Fixed Schedule in step b and Week in step a, tap the day of
the week the task repeats. If you selected Fixed Schedule in step b and
Month in step a, tap Day to select the week within the m onth, such as the 4th
Thursday, or tap Date to select the sam e date within the m onth, such as the
15th.
f. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Organizing your tasks
Som etim es you want to look at all the things you need to do, while at other tim es you want to see
only certain types of tasks.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Overdue tasks have an
exclam ation point (!) next
to the due date.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
Tip
Your Task Preferences
settings control which
tasks appear in the Tasks
list, such as com pleted or
due tasks. To change
these settings, open the
Options m enu and select
Preferences.
In the Tasks list, select one of these options:
All Displays all your tasks.
Date Displays tasks that are due in a specific tim e fram e. Tap the pick list in the
upper-right to select Due Today, Last 7 Days, Next 7 Days, or Past Due.
Category Displays tasks that are assigned to the selected category. Tap the
pick list in the upper-right to select a different category.
Tip
Create a new category for
tasks by selecting Edit
Categories in the
Category pick list.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
164
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Marking a task com plete
You can check off a task to indicate that you’ve com pleted it.
Tip
You can set Task
Preferences to record the
date that you finish your
tasks, and you can show
or hide finished tasks. To
change these settings,
open the Options m enu
and select Preferences.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
Select the check box on the left
side of the task.
Done
Palm ® Desktop software and Microsoft Outlook handle com pleted repeating tasks
NOTE
differently. Palm Desktop software checks off all overdue instances of the task, and Microsoft
Outlook checks off only the oldest instance of the task.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Deleting tasks
If a task is cancelled, you can delete it from your Tasks list. When you delete a repeating task, you
delete all other instances of the task. You can also delete all your com pleted tasks.
Tip
You can also delete a
specific task by selecting
the task, tapping Details,
and then tapping Delete.
1
2
3
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
Tap the task you want to delete.
Open the Delete Task dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Delete Task on the
Record m enu.
4
5
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the task on
your com puter.
Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
166
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Deleting all your com pleted tasks
Tip
Many people find it useful
to refer to old tasks for tax
purposes. If you save an
archive copy of your
deleted tasks, you can
refer to them later by
im porting them .
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
1
2
Open the Purge dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Purge on the Record
m enu.
3
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of your
com pleted tasks on your com puter.
Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Custom izing your Tasks list
Control which tasks show up in the Tasks list and how they are sorted. These settings also affect
tasks in Calendar’s Agenda View. You can also choose the alarm sound for your tasks.
Tip
You can also display your
tasks in Calendar’s
Agenda View. See
Custom izing display
options for your calendar
for details.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Tasks
.
Open the Preferences dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then
select Preferences.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
168
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
3
Change any of the following settings, and then select OK:
Sort by Select the order in which the tasks appear in the Tasks list.
Show Com pleted Tasks Display your finished tasks in the Tasks list. If you turn
off this setting, your finished tasks disappear from the list when you check them
off, but they stay in your handheld’s m em ory until you purge them .
Record Com pletion Date Replace the due date you assign to a task with the
date you really com plete and check off the task. If you don’t assign a due date to
a task, the com pletion date still records when you com plete the task.
Show Due Dates Display each task’s due date in the list (if you assigned one),
and display an exclam ation point next to each task that is overdue.
Show Priorities Show the priority setting for each task in the list.
Show Categories Show the category for each task in the list.
Alarm Sound Select a sound for the alarm s you assign to your tasks.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Working with Tasks on your com puter
Use Tasks on your com puter to view and m anage your tasks. Check out the online Help in
Palm Desktop software to learn how to use Tasks on your com puter. The online Help includes info
about the following topics:
• Learning about the parts of the Tasks window
• Entering, editing, and deleting tasks
• Creating repeating tasks
• Marking tasks private
• Showing, m asking, and hiding private tasks
• Assigning tasks to categories
• Printing your task list
• Selecting how to view tasks
• Sorting tasks by due date, priority level, or categories
WINDOWS ONLY
To open Tasks on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop,
and then click Tasks on the launch bar.
MAC ONLY
To open Tasks on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon in the Palm folder, and then
click To Dos.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
170
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 9
Managing Your Tasks
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Sharing
Beam ing tasks to other Palm OS® handheld users
Privacy
Keeping tasks private by turning on security options
Organizing tasks by type
Categories
Com m on
Answers to frequently asked questions about Tasks
Questions
S u p p o rt
with Tasks or with anything
else on your handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 10
Writing Mem os
In this chapter
Your handheld contains applications
for storing the m ost com m on types of
inform ation: contact nam es and
num bers, appointm ents, and so on.
Mem os is the tool to use for capturing
inform ation that is m eaningful to you
but does not fall into one of these
categories. From m eeting notes to
recipes and favorite quotations,
Mem os provides a quick and easy way
to enter, store, and share your
Creating a m em o
View ing and editing a m em o
Moving m em os in your
m em os list
Deleting a m em o
Working w ith Mem os on
your com puter
Related topics
Benefits of Mem os
• Store essential but hard-to-rem em ber
inform ation
im portant inform ation.
• Easily retrieve and share inform ation
Zire™ 31 Handheld
172
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 10
Writing Mem os
Creating a m em o
Tip
In the Mem os list, you
can also just start writing
to create a new m em o.
The first letter is
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Mem os
.
autom atically capitalized.
Create a m em o:
a. Select New.
Tip
Use Phone Lookup to
quickly add a nam e and
phone num ber to a
m em o.
b. Enter your m em o. Tap Enter on the onscreen keyboard or draw the
Graffiti® 2 writing Return stroke
to m ove to a new line in the m em o.
c. Select Done.
Done
That’s it. Your handheld autom atically saves the m em o. Make sure
you have a current backup. Synchronize often.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 10
Writing Mem os
Viewing and editing a m em o
Tip
The Mem os list shows
the first line of each
m em o, so m ake sure that
first line is som ething you
will recognize.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Mem os
.
View or edit the m em o:
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
a. In the Mem os list, select the m em o you want.
You can connect your
handheld to a portable
keyboard and type your
m em os on the go without
carrying around a heavy
laptop. You can purchase
a variety of portable
keyboards. Visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31 and click the
Accessories link.
b. Read or edit the m em o, and then select Done.
Tip
Done
You can change the size
of the text in Mem os to
enhance readability.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
174
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 10
Writing Mem os
Moving m em os in your m em os list
You can m ove m em os up or down in your m em os list. For exam ple, you m ight want to keep all
m em os on a certain topic grouped together.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
If you use Palm ® Desktop
software for
synchronizing, you can
send a m em o to your
com puter by
synchronizing, and then
open the m em o on your
com puter in an
application such as
Microsoft Word for
further editing,
Go to the Hom e
Move a m em o:
screen and select Mem os
.
1
2
a. Locate the m em o you want.
form atting, and so on.
Right-click the m em o on
your com puter, click Send
To, and then select the
application to which you
want to send the m em o.
b. Move the m em o up or down by dragging the stylus across the screen.
A black dotted line appears to represent the m em o you are m oving.
c. When the line is in the location you want for your m em o, lift the stylus.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
175
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 10
Writing Mem os
Deleting a m em o
Tip
Need to retrieve that
holiday recipe you
stored? If you save an
archive copy of your
deleted m em os, you can
refer to them later by
im porting them .
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Mem os
.
Open the Delete Mem o dialog
box:
a. Locate the m em o you want.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Delete Mem o on the
Record m enu.
3
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the m em o on
your com puter.
Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
176
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 10
Writing Mem os
Working with Mem os on your com puter
Use Mem os on your com puter to view and m anage the m em os you create on your handheld.
Check out the online Help in Palm ® Desktop software to learn how to use Mem os on your
com puter. The online Help includes info about the following topics:
• Viewing, copying, and deleting m em os
• Editing m em o details
• Marking m em os private
• Showing, m asking, and hiding private m em os
• Printing m em os
• Changing between the list and single m em o views
• Adding a date and tim e stam p to a m em o
• Organizing m em os into categories
• Sorting m em os
• Sharing m em os
WINDOWS ONLY
To open Mem os on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop,
and then click Mem os on the launch bar.
MAC ONLY
To open Mem os on your com puter, launch Palm Desktop software from the Palm folder, and then
select Mem os.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
177
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 10
Writing Mem os
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving
Around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Entering
Inform ation
Adding a phone num ber or other contact inform ation to a m em o using Phone
Lookup
Categories
Organizing m em os by arranging them into categories and sorting them
Keeping m em os private by turning on security options
Beam ing m em os to other Palm OS® handheld users
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
with Mem os or with anything
else on your handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Sharing
Com m on
Answers to frequently asked questions about Mem os
Questions
Zire™ 31 Handheld
178
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
In this chapter
Creating a note
Need to jot down a phone num ber or a
rem inder to yourself? Avoid fum bling
for scraps of paper, and write
View ing and editing a note
Deleting a note
im portant rem inders in Note Pad. You
can use Note Pad to do everything you
m ight do with a piece of paper and a
pencil. Note Pad gives you a place to
draw freehand and take notes in your
personal handwriting, which is even
faster and m ore flexible than creating a
m em o on your handheld.
Working w ith Note Pad on
your com puter
Related topics
Benefits of Note Pad
• No learning curve
• Capture inform ation in the m om ent
• A picture is worth a thousand words
• See rem inders when you set alarm s
Zire™ 31 Handheld
179
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Creating a note
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Make sure full-screen
w riting is turned off. You
cannot create or edit
notes in Note Pad when
full-screen writing is on.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Note Pad
.
Create a note:
Category box
Tim e or title
Scroll bar
Tip
a. Use the stylus to write your
note directly on the handheld
screen.
Tap the pen selector to
change the pen width or
to select the eraser. To
clear the screen
com pletely, tap the note
(anywhere but the title),
open the Edit m enu and
select Clear Note.
b. Select the tim e at the top of
the screen and enter a title
using Graffiti® 2 w riting or
the onscreen keyboard.
Pen selector
Eraser
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
3
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Assign the note to a category by tapping the Category box in
the upper-right corner, and then selecting a category.
Prevent others from
viewing your notes by
Select Done.
Done
That’s it. Your handheld autom atically saves the note. Make sure
you have a current backup. Synchronize often.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
180
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Choosing the pen and paper (background) colors
0
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Note Pad
.
Open the Select Colors dialog box:
a. Select Done to display the Note Pad list.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Options, and then select Preferences.
d. Tap Color.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
181
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
3
Select the pen and paper colors:
a. Tap Pen, and then tap the ink color you want to use.
b. Tap Paper, and then tap the background color you want to use.
c. Select OK, and then select OK again.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
182
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Setting an alarm
To use a note as a rem inder, set an alarm for that note.
Tip
Change the alarm sound
by opening the Options
m enu, selecting
Preferences, and then
selecting a sound from
the Alarm Sound pick list.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
Open the note:
screen and select Note Pad
.
a. Select Done to display the Note Pad list.
b. Select the note you want to set an alarm for.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
183
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Tip
You can also open the Set
Alarm dialog box by
selecting a note and
tapping the right edge of
note title.
Set the alarm :
3
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then select Alarm .
c. Tap the Date box, and then tap the year, m onth, and date you want the alarm
to sound.
d. Tap the tim e you want the alarm to sound.
e. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
184
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Viewing and editing a note
Tip
Sort the Note Pad list
alphabetically, by date, or
m anually. Open the
Options m enu, select
Preferences, and then tap
the Sort by pick list.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Note Pad
.
Open the note:
a. Select Done to display the Note Pad list.
b. Select the note you want to view or edit.
If you sort m anually, you
can rearrange the list by
dragging notes to
another position in the
list.
3
Read or edit the note, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
185
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Deleting a note
Tip
You can also Delete a
note by opening the
Record m enu and
selecting Delete Note.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Note Pad
.
Open the note:
Tip
a. Select Done to display the Note Pad list.
b. Select the note you want to delete.
Want to get rid of those
deletion confirm ation
m essages? Open the
Options m enu, select
Preferences, and then
uncheck the Confirm note
delete check box.
3
Select Delete, and then select OK to confirm deletion.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
186
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Working with Note Pad on your com puter
Use Note Pad on your com puter to view and m anage the handwritten notes you create on your
handheld. Check out the online Help in Palm ® Desktop software to learn how to use Note Pad on
your com puter. The online Help includes info about the following topics:
• Learning about the parts of the Note Pad window
• Viewing, copying, and deleting notes
• Editing note details and titles
• Setting an alarm for a note
• Marking notes private
• Showing, m asking, and hiding private notes
• Printing notes
• Changing between the List and note Preview views
• Sorting notes
• Sharing notes
WINDOWS ONLY
To open Note Pad on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop,
and then click Note Pad on the launch bar.
MAC ONLY
To open Note Pad on your com puter, double-click the Note Pad icon in the Palm folder.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
187
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 11
Writing Notes in Note Pad
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving
Around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Sharing
Beam ing notes to other Palm OS® handheld users
Keeping notes private by turning on security options
Creating categories so you can organize notes
Answers to frequently asked questions about Notes
Privacy
S u p p o rt
Categories
If you’re having problem s
with Note Pad or with
anything else on your
handheld, go to
Com m on
Questions
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
188
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 12
Perform ing Calculations
In this chapter
Whether you’re figuring the tip on a
restaurant bill, or balancing your
checkbook, it’s always nice to have a
calculator on hand. And because it’s
part of your handheld, there’s no need
to carry a separate calculator.
Calculator buttons
View ing recent calculations
Related topics
Benefits of Calculator
• Always have a calculator with you
• Store calculations for later use
Zire™ 31 Handheld
189
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 12
Perform ing Calculations
Calculator buttons
0
Tip
Clear any value in the Calculator m em ory.
Use the m em ory buttons
to store and recall a
num ber you enter in
m ultiple calculations.
Recall the stored value from the m em ory and enter it into the current
calculation.
Tip
If you m ake a m istake
entering a num ber in the
m iddle of a calculation,
use the CE button to
re-enter the num ber
without starting the
calculation over.
Place the current num ber into m em ory. The current num ber is added
to the total that is already in the m em ory. Tapping this button does
not affect the current calculation; it just places the value in m em ory.
Clear the last num ber you entered.
Clear the entire calculation so that you can start over.
Enter a num ber, and then tap this button to change it to a
percentage.
Enter a num ber, and then tap this button to calculate the square root
of the num ber.
Enter a num ber, and then tap this button to m ake it negative.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
190
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 12
Perform ing Calculations
Viewing recent calculations
View recent calculations to confirm that you entered everything correctly.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Viewing recent
calculations is helpful
when double-checking
the m ath in your
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Calculator
.
checkbook register.
Open the History dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Calculator History also
has these functions:
.
b. Select Options, and then
select Show History.
Clear Tap here to clear
the calculator’s history.
Copy Tap here to copy
the history of
c. Select OK.
calculations. Then paste
them into another
Done
application by opening
the Edit m enu and
selecting Paste in the
other application.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
191
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 12
Perform ing Calculations
Related topics
Click the links below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Entering
inform ation
Entering num bers with Graffiti® 2 characters
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
with Calculator or anything
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
192
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
In this chapter
Tired of trying to re-create your
business trip when you return?
Expense m akes it easy to keep track of
what you paid for that dinner in New
York with your new sales group.
Adding an expense
Choosing currency options
Deleting expenses
Custom izing the expense list
You can track costs for m eals, lodging,
transportation, entertainm ent, and
m ore, and save all of the inform ation in
one convenient place. You can even
transfer the inform ation to a
Working w ith Expense on
your com puter
Related topics
spreadsheet on your com puter.
Benefits of Expense
• Monitor your business and personal
expenses
• Easily retrieve expense inform ation
• Create expense reports faster
Zire™ 31 Handheld
193
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Adding an expense
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Expense is not just for
business. Use it to help
plan your budget by
figuring out how m uch
you spend each m onth on
things like entertainm ent
and dining out.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Expense
.
Enter the expense:
a. Tap New.
b. Enter the am ount of the expense.
Tip
Add an expense sim ply
by writing the first letter
of the expense type. For
exam ple, entering D
opens a dinner item with
today’s date.
c. Tap the Expense type pick list and select a type.
NOTE
You m ust select an Expense type if you want to save the item .
Expense
type pick list
To enable this feature on
your handheld, open the
Options m enu and select
Preferences. Check the
autom atic fill box.
Tip
Change the date of an
expense by tapping the
date of the item .
Zire™ 31 Handheld
194
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Tip
Add extra inform ation to
your expense item s.
Select the item and tap
Details. Then tap Note
and enter the
3
Enter the details of the expense:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap each field where you want to
enter inform ation, and enter it.
inform ation.
Tip
Category Select a category to sort
your expenses.
Tap Lookup in the
Attendees list to pull
nam es from Contacts.
Ty p e Enter the expense type.
Paym ent Select how you paid for the expense.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
After you synchronize,
you can send your
expense inform ation to a
spreadsheet on your
com puter.
Currency Select the currency used to pay the expense. You can preset this
sym bol.
Vendor and City Enter the vendor and city associated with the expense. For
exam ple, a business lunch m ight be at Rosie’s Cafe in San Francisco.
Attendees Enter the people associated with the expense.
c. Select OK.
That’s it. Your handheld autom atically saves the expense. Make
sure you have a current backup. Synchronize often.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
195
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Choosing currency options
Expense is even easier to use when you custom ize the currency list. You can choose what
currencies appear in the pick list, what sym bol autom atically appears in new expenses, and even
create your own currency sym bol.
Custom izing the currency pick list
Place the currency sym bols that you use m ost often in the currency pick list.
Tip
If you travel a lot, update
the currency pick list, so
that you can quickly get to
the sym bols you need.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Expense
.
Open the Receipt Details dialog box:
a. Tap an expense item .
b. Tap Details.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Use separate categories
for related expenses. For
exam ple, create a London
category for a trip to
London. After you file
your expense report for
the London trip, you can
easily delete the related
expenses with the Purge
com m and.
3
that you want to see in the pick
list:
a. Tap the Currency pick list, and
then select Edit currencies.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
196
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
b. Tap one of the Currency pick
Co n t ’d .
lists and select the nam e of
the country whose currency
sym bol you want to display.
Currency
pick list
c. Select OK, and then select OK
again.
Done
The expense list now displays the currencies you selected.
Presetting the currency sym bol
Choose which currency sym bols appear when you add a new expense.
Tip
If you’re entering several
expenses that all use the
sam e currency, change
the preset currency to
that sym bol to save tim e.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Expense
.
When you’re finished
with those expenses,
change it again to the
next one you’ll use.
Open Expense Preferences dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then select Preferences.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
197
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
3
Choose the default currency:
a. Tap the Default Currency pick
list.
b. Select the sym bol you want to
appear when you add new
expenses.
c. Select OK.
0
Done
Creating a currency sym bol
If the currency you want to use is not in the pick list of countries, you can create your own sym bol.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Expense
.
Open the Custom Currencies dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then select Custom Currencies.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
198
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
3
Create the custom sym bol:
a. Tap a Country box.
b. Enter the nam e of the country
and the sym bol that you want.
c. Select OK, and then select OK
again.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
199
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Deleting expenses
Delete individual expenses, or an entire category of expenses at once.
Deleting an individual expense
1
2
3
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Expense
.
Select the expense you want to delete.
Delete the item :
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Delete Item on the Record m enu.
4
5
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select the check box to save an archive copy of the expense
on your com puter.
Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
200
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Deleting an entire category of expenses
Tip
To com bine expenses
from different categories,
renam e one category to
m atch the other
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Expense
.
category’s nam e.
Open the Purge Categories
dialog box:
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
a. Open the m enus
.
There is another way to
delete a category. Tap the
Category pick list and
select Edit Categories.
Tap the Delete com m and
to delete the selected
category and m ove all of
its entries to the Unfiled
category.
b. Select Purge on the Record
m enu.
3
Delete the category and all of its item s:
a. Tap the category you want to delete.
b. Tap Purge.
c. Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
201
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Custom izing the expense list
You can change the appearance of the expense list.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Custom izing the expense
list m akes it easy to see
how m uch you spent on
each type of expense. For
exam ple, to see how
m uch you spent on taxis,
sort your expenses by
type so that all your taxi
expenses appear
1
2
3
Go to the Hom e
Tap Show.
screen and select Expense
.
Tap the pick lists to change any of the following
item s, and then select OK.:
together in the list.
Sort by Sort expenses by date or type.
Use categories to further
refine your list.
Distance Show distance in m iles or
kilom eters.
Show currency Show or hide the currency
sym bol in the expense list.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
202
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Working with Expense on your com puter
WINDOWS ONLY
Use Expense on your com puter to view and m anage the expenses you create on your handheld.
Check out the online Help in Palm ® Desktop software to learn how to use Expense on your
com puter. The online Help includes info about the following topics:
• Add, edit, and delete expense item s
• Organize your expenses by date, type, am ount, notes, or category
• View expense item s as a list, large icons, or sm all icons
• Convert a list of expenses to a single currency
• Print expense reports
• Transfer expense inform ation to other applications, such as Microsoft Excel, using the Send or
Export com m and in Palm Desktop software.
To open Expense on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop,
and then click Expense on the launch bar.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
203
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 13
Managing Your Expenses
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Entering
inform ation
• Adding contacts to the attendees list with Lookup
S u p p o rt
• Entering inform ation with Graffiti® 2 characters and shortcuts
Perform ing basic m ath calculations associated with your expenses
• Creating and editing categories
If you’re having problem s
with Expense or anything
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Categories
• Organizing expenses by type and sorting them
Setting num ber form ats
Custom izing
Zire™ 31 Handheld
204
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
In this chapter
Are you tired of listening to sm all talk
during that long com m ute on the bus
or train? Do you need som ething
sm aller than a CD player when you’re
out for a walk or at the gym ? RealOne
Mobile Player lets you play m usic on
your handheld. Sim ply transfer songs
onto an expansion card (sold
Transferring MP3 files to an
expansion card
Transferring m usic from a CD
to an expansion card
Playing m usic on your
handheld
Managing playlists
View ing song info
separately), and then listen through the
built-in speaker or stereo headphones
(sold separately).
Working w ith RealOne Player
on your com puter
Benefits of
RealOne Mobile Player
• Listen to songs in the popular MP3
form at
Related topics
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
You need to purchase an SD
your m usic files and play them on your
• No separate MP3, CD, or m ini-disc
player required
• Carry tiny expansion cards instead
of CDs
• Be your own DJ
Zire™ 31 Handheld
205
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Transferring MP3 files to an expansion card
[ ! ]
The RealOne software that com es with your handheld is com patible with the popular MP3 audio
file form at. If your MP3 files are already on your com puter’s hard drive, you need to transfer them
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Win d ow s Install the
RealOne Player
application on your
handheld and your
com puter.
WINDOWS ONLY
Tip
Prepare your com puter and your handheld:
1
You can also use a card
reader accessory (sold
separately) to transfer
MP3 files from your
com puter to your
a. Connect your handheld to your com puter w ith the HotSync® cable.
b. Insert an expansion card into your handheld.
expansion card. Create an
“SD_Audio” folder in the
root directory of the card,
and store your MP3 files
in this folder.
Select the MP3 files you want to transfer:
2
a. From My Com puter or Windows Explorer,
select the MP3 files you want to transfer.
b. Drag and drop the file(s) or folder onto the palm One™
Quick Install icon on the Windows desktop.
c. When the confirm ation dialog box appears, confirm your usernam e, the file
nam e, and the destination (card), and then click OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
206
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
3
NOTE
Be patient; transferring m usic to an expansion card can take several
m inutes.
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Done
Ma c Install the RealOne
Player application on your
handheld.
MAC ONLY
Tip
You can also use a card
reader accessory (sold
separately) to transfer MP3
files from your com puter to
your expansion card.
Create an “SD_Audio”
folder in the root directory
on the card, and store your
MP3 files in this folder.
Prepare your com puter and your handheld:
1
2
a. Connect your handheld to your com puter w ith the HotSync cable.
b. Insert an expansion card into your handheld.
Select the MP3 files you want to transfer:
Tip
a. Drag and drop the MP3 files onto the Send To
Handheld droplet in the Palm folder.
the Send To Handheld
droplet a perm anent part
of your desktop by
b. In the Send To Handheld dialog box, select your
usernam e and click OK.
dragging the droplet to the
Dock. Then sim ply drag
songs, and other files you
want to transfer to your
handheld, onto the droplet
in the Dock.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
207
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
3
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
NOTE
Be patient; transferring m usic to an expansion card can take several
m inutes.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
208
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Transferring m usic from a CD to an expansion card
If your songs are on a CD and you want to listen to them on your handheld, use RealOne Player on
your com puter to convert and transfer the files.
WINDOWS ONLY
Access the CD from RealOne Player on your com puter:
1
a. Double-click the RealOne Player icon
on your com puter desktop.
b. Insert the CD into your com puter’s CD drive.
c. Click CD in RealOne Player on your com puter.
CD
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
209
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Tip
If you want to select only
a few songs, click
Deselect All, and then
click the check box next to
the songs you want to
select.
2
Select the songs you want to add to your library:
a. Click Save Tracks.
b. Follow the onscreen instructions to select and copy tracks.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
A 64MB expansion card
holds about an hour of
m usic (capacity varies
with sam pling rates).
Save Tracks
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
210
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Tip
For tips on using RealOne
Player on your com puter,
go to the Help m enu in
RealOne Player or visit
w w w.realone.com .
3
4
Prepare your handheld:
a. Insert an expansion card into your handheld.
b. Go to the Hom e screen and select RealOne
c. Connect your handheld to your com puter w ith the HotSync cable.
[ ! ]
.
IMPORTANT
Do not tap the HotSync icon.
Select the songs you want to transfer:
a. In RealOne Player on your com puter, click Devices.
b. If necessary, double-click Palm Handheld, and then double-click Card.
c. Click Add Clips.
Add
Clips
Devices
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
211
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Tip
On your handheld, tap
Songs to view a list of the
songs available for you to
play. The songs you just
transferred are at the
bottom of the list.
d. In the Add Clips window, select the songs you want to add, and then click
Co n t ’d .
Add Clips.
Add Clips
e. Click Close. The tracks you selected should now say “Ready To Transfer.”
Transfer the selected songs to your expansion card:
5
a. Be sure your handheld is on, that you have an expansion card in the
expansion slot, and that RealOne Mobile Player is open (if it is, a green
Connected light appears in the lower-left corner of the RealOne Player
window on your com puter).
b. In the toolbar below the Connected light, click Transfer. When the transfer is
com plete, the tracks you selected should say “On Device.”
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Do not tap the HotSync icon. RealOne Player is transferring
the files, so there’s no need to do anything.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
212
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Playing m usic on your handheld
Tip
If RealOne Mobile Player
reaches the preset period
of inactivity before you
exit the application, the
screen turns off and the
m usic continues playing.
To set the period of
1
2
On your handheld, go to the Hom e
screen and select RealOne
.
Select a song to play:
• To play the current song, tap Play.
inactivity, open the
• To play a different song, tap Songs and select a song from the list.
Options m enu and select
Preferences. Select an
option from the Auto-
powersave after pick list,
and then select OK. If you
exit RealOne Mobile
Player, it turns off when it
reaches the period of
inactivity defined in
Continuous play
Progress indicator
Play/Pause
Random play
Volum e
Pow er Preferences.
Stop
Tip
Want to stop playing
m usic when you exit
RealOne Mobile Player?
Open the Options m enu
and select Preferences.
Deselect the Enable
Background Playback
check box, and then select
OK.
Previous song
Next song
Done
of your list. It stops playing if you tap Stop or turn off your
handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
213
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Managing playlists
You can create as m any playlists as you want.
Creating a playlist
Tip
For tips on using RealOne
Mobile Player, open the
Options m enu and select
Help.
1
2
On your handheld, go to the Hom e
screen and select RealOne
.
Open the Edit Playlist dialog box:
a. Tap Playlists.
b. Tap New.
3
Enter a nam e for the playlist.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
214
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Tip
To quickly select all the
songs in the list, tap
Select All. To quickly
unselect all the songs, tap
Select None.
Add songs to the playlist:
4
5
a. Tap Add.
b. Select the check box next to
the songs you want to include
on the playlist.
c. Tap Done.
Put the songs in the order you
want to hear them :
a. Tap a song you want to m ove.
b. Tap the up or down arrow to
m ove the song up or down
one slot.
Up arrow
c. Repeat this process until the
songs are in the right order.
Down arrow
d. Tap Done.
6
Tap Done, and then tap Done again.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
215
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Playing songs from a playlist
1
2
On your handheld, go to the Hom e
screen and select RealOne
.
Select a song from a playlist:
a. Tap Playlists.
b. Tap the playlist you want to
play.
c. Tap the first song you want to
play.
Done
Your handheld plays the songs in the playlist beginning w ith the
song you selected. After it plays the last song in the list, it stops.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
216
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Editing a playlist
1
2
On your handheld, go to the Hom e
screen and select RealOne
.
Open the playlist you want to edit:
a. Tap Playlists.
b. Tap the playlist you want to edit.
c. Tap Edit.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
217
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
3
4
Tap Edit and do any of the following:
Delete a song Select a song and tap Rem ove to delete the song from the
playlist.
Add a song Tap Add, select a song’s check box, and then tap Done.
Move a song Select a song and tap the up arrow or down arrow to m ove the
song up or down one slot.
Tap Done, and then tap Done two m ore tim es.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
218
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Deleting a playlist
1
2
On your handheld, go to the Hom e
screen and select RealOne
.
Open the playlist you want to delete:
a. Tap Playlists.
b. Tap the playlist you want to delete.
3
Delete the list:
a. Tap Delete List.
b. Tap Yes in the confirm ation dialog box.
c. Tap Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
219
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Viewing song info
You can view details for the song that is currently playing.
1
2
On your handheld, go to the Hom e
Select a song to play and view:
screen and select RealOne
.
• To play and view the current
song, tap Play.
• To play and view a different
song, tap Songs and select a
song from the list.
3
Open the Song Details dialog
box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Song Details on the
Music m enu.
c. After you finish viewing the
info, select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
220
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Working with RealOne Player on your com puter
WINDOWS ONLY
Use RealOne Player on your com puter to play and m anage your songs. Check out the online Help
in RealOne Player to learn how to use RealOne Player on your com puter. The online Help includes
info about the following topics:
• Learning about the parts of the RealOne window
• Finding m edia
• Playing m edia
• Saving and burning m edia
• RealOne prem ium services
• Preferences
• Troubleshooting
To open RealOne Player on your com puter, double-click the RealOne Player icon on the Windows
desktop.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
221
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 14
Listening to Music
Related topics
Click the link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Expansion
Cards
• Inserting and rem oving expansion cards
• Nam ing expansion cards
• Viewing the contents of a card
Installing
and
• Installing the RealOne software on your handheld and com puter
S u p p o rt
Rem oving
• Using Palm Quick Install and the Send To Handheld droplet
If you’re having problem s
with RealOne Mobile Player
or RealOne Player on your
com puter, go to
Com m on
Questions
Answers to frequently asked questions about RealOne Mobile Player
w w w.realone.com .
Zire™ 31 Handheld
222
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
Viewing Photos
In this chapter
A picture m ay be worth a thousand
words, but what happens when you
trying to keep organized? Or m aybe
you want to have instant access to
them at any tim e?
Copying photos to your
handheld
View ing photos
Rotating a photo
View ing and editing photo
details
Organizing photos
Copying a photo
Deleting a photo
Solve both problem s with palm One™
Photos, which features easy viewing
and organization of photos. You can
keep your favorite photos right on your
handheld; select a photo as the
Benefits of palm One Photos
• Never be far from your favorite
people or places
Working w ith Photos on your
com puter
• Sim plify photo organization
Related topics
Zire™ 31 Handheld
223
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Copying photos to your handheld
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
You can transfer photos from your com puter to your handheld or to an expansion card. On a
Windows com puter, you can also use the palm One Photos application to create and edit entire
album s and send them to your handheld, where you can view your photos.
Install palm One Photos
from the installation CD
onto your handheld.
If you took the picture with a digital cam era, or you found it on the web, it’s likely your handheld
can display it. You can view photos in popular form ats such as J PG, BMP, and GIF on your
handheld or from an expansion card inserted in the expansion slot.
Tip
On a Windows com puter,
you can also copy photos
by opening the palm One
Photos desktop
WINDOWS ONLY
application, selecting Add
Photos to add photos to
an album on your
com puter, and then
synchronizing to transfer
the photos to the sam e
album on your handheld.
1
2
From My Com puter or Windows Explorer, select the photos you want to copy.
Copy the photos:
a. Drag and drop the file(s) or
folder onto the palm One™
Quick Install icon on the
Windows desktop.
Tip
A confirm ation dialog
box shows whether the
photos will be copied to
your handheld or to an
choose which handheld
will receive the photos by
selecting the usernam e in
the User drop-down box
in the upper-right corner.
b. When the confirm ation dialog
box appears, confirm your
usernam e, the file nam e, and
the destination, and then click
OK.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
224
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
3
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
MAC ONLY
Tip
In Mac OS X, you can
m ake the Send to
1
Select the photos you want to
transfer:
Handheld droplet a
perm anent part of your
desktop by dragging the
droplet to the Dock. Then
sim ply drag photos, and
other files you want to
transfer to your
a. Drag and drop the photos
onto the Send To Handheld
droplet in the Palm folder.
b. In the Send To Handheld
dialog box, select your
usernam e and click OK.
handheld, onto the
droplet on the Dock.
2
Synchronize your com puter w ith your handheld.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
225
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Viewing photos
You can view photos in the following ways:
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
If you or your friends
have a digital cam era that
uses SD m em ory cards,
you can insert the cards
into the expansion slot
and view the photos on
your handheld.
Thum bnail View m iniature preview versions of your photos.
List View nam es and dates of photos on your handheld or an expansion card.
Slide show View all photos in an album , autom atically one after another.
You can easily select a photo from Thum bnail or List view to see a full-screen view of the photo,
and rotate the orientation of the photo. You can also view or edit detailed inform ation about a
photo.
View ing a photo in Thum bnail view
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
View a photo in Thum bnail view:
Album pick
list
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-
right corner and select the
album containing the photo
you want to view.
Select a
photo to
view
b. If Thum bnail view is not
displayed, tap the Thum bnail
icon in the lower-left corner of
the screen.
Thum bnail icon
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
226
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
3
4
To see a full-screen view of the photo, select the photo from the thum bnails.
Tap anywhere in the photo to return to the Thum bnail view screen.
Done
View ing a photo in List view
Tip
Can’t rem em ber what
album your photo is in?
Select All Photos from the
pick list.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
View a photo in List view:
Album pick
list
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-
right corner and select the
album containing the photo
you want to view.
Select a photo to
view
b. If List view is not displayed,
tap the List icon in the lower-
left corner of the screen.
List icon
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
227
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
3
4
To see a full-screen view of the photo, select the photo from the list.
Tap anywhere in the photo to return to the List view screen.
Done
View ing a slide show
0
Tip
You can set how long a
photo is displayed in slide
show m ode before the
next item appears by
opening the m enus,
selecting Options,
selecting Preferences,
and then selecting a tim e
interval from the Slide
Show Delay pick list. The
default is 3 seconds.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
View a slide show:
Album pick
list
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-
right corner and select the
album containing the photos
you want to view.
b. Tap Slide Show.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
228
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
3
Tap a photo to stop the slide show and return to Thum bnail or List view.
Done
Rotating a photo
0
Tip
If you receive a m essage
that the photo is too large
to rotate on your
handheld, synchronize,
and then open and rotate
the photo in
Palm ® Desktop software.
Synchronize again to
send the rotated photo
back to your handheld.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
Select the photo you want to rotate:
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner and select the album containing the
photo you want.
b. Select the photo you want in Thum bnail or List view.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
229
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
3
4
Rotate the photo:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Photos, and then select
Rotate Photo.
c. Select the rotation you want.
Tap anywhere in the photo to return to Thum bnail or List view.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
230
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
View ing and editing photo details
0
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
Select the photo you want to view:
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner and select the album containing the
photos you want.
b. Select the photo you want.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
231
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Tip
Photos with notes appear
with a note icon to the
right in List view.
3
View photo details:
a. Open the m enus
.
Tip
b. Select Details from the Photo
m enu.
Tap the scroll arrows at
the bottom of the Photo
Details screen to view
other photos in the
album .
c. In addition to viewing photo
details, you can do the following:
Scroll arrows
Change nam e Select the photo or video nam e and enter a new nam e.
Move to different album Tap the Album pick list and select a new album
location for the photo or video.
Add notes Tap the Notes field and enter a note for the photo or video.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
232
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Organizing photos
You can organize your photos in the following ways:
• Create album s and place your photos in those album s.
• Move photos within or between album s.
• Sort photos in List view.
Organizing photos in album s
Tip
If a photo is saved on
your handheld, you can
save it only to an album
on your handheld.
Likewise, if a photo is
saved to an expansion
card, you can save it only
to an album on the card.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
Create an album :
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-
right corner and select Edit
Album s.
Tip
b. Select New, enter the nam e of
the new album , and select OK.
To renam e or delete an
album , tap the pick list,
select Edit Album s, and
then select the album you
want. Then tap Renam e
or Delete.
c. Select OK on the Edit Album s
screen.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
233
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Tip
If you are not already in
the album you want to
organize, tap the pick list
in the upper-right corner
and select the album you
want.
3
Add or rem ove photos in
album s:
Select to add
a. On the album screen, select
Organize.
Select + to rem ove
b. Do one of the following:
Tip
Add a photo Select a photo that
does not have a plus sign to add
it to the album .
Drag the stylus across
m ultiple photos to add or
rem ove them all at once.
Rem ove a photo Select a photo
with a plus sign to the left to
rem ove it from the album .
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
If you rem ove a photo
from an album , it is
m oved to the Unfiled
category. The photo is not
deleted from your
handheld.
c. Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
234
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Moving a photo w ithin and betw een album s
Tip
Move photos within
album s to easily put the
slide show of your kid’s
birthday party in the
sequence you want.
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
1
2
Move a photo within an album :
Tip
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner and select the album in which you
want to m ove a photo.
You can also m ove a
photo to a new album by
adding it to the new
album . The photo is
autom atically deleted
from the old album .
b. Use the stylus to drag the photo you want to its new position.
3
Move a photo between album s:
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-
Tap to m ove
photo
right corner and select the
album containing the photo
you want to m ove.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Details from the Photos
m enu, and then select the photo
you want to m ove.
d. Tap the Album pick list and select the new album for the photo.
e. Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
235
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Sorting photos in List view
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
The Date colum n lists
photos by the date they
were added to your
handheld, not the date
they were taken.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
Sort photos:
Tap to
sort by
date
Tap to sort
by nam e
a. Tap the pick list in the
upper-right corner and select
the album containing the
photos you want to sort.
Tip
If you spent tim e
organizing a slide show
to give the exact
sequence of your
b. If List view is not displayed,
tap the List icon in the
vacation, be careful not to
ruin that order by sorting
the photos by nam e or
date—changing the order
in List view affects slide
show order.
lower-left corner of the screen.
c. Do one of the following:
Sort by nam e To list photos by nam e in ascending (A-Z) order, tap Nam e. To
list photos by nam e in descending (Z-A) order, tap Nam e again.
Sort by date To sort photos from earliest to m ost recent date, tap Date. To sort
photos from m ost recent to earliest date, tap Date again.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
236
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Copying a photo
You can copy photos from your handheld to an expansion card, and vice versa.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
Select a photo to copy:
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner and select the album containing the
photo you want.
b. Select the photo.
3
Copy the photo:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Copy to Card (for photos on your handheld) or Copy to Handheld (for
photos on an expansion card) from the Photo m enu.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
237
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Deleting a photo
Tip
In Thum bnail or List view,
delete a photo by
selecting Delete from the
Photo m enu, selecting
the photo to delete, and
then selecting Delete.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen and select Photos
.
Select a photo to delete:
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner and select the album containing the
photo you want.
You can also delete a
photo from the Photos
Details screen by
selecting Delete on that
screen.
b. Select the photo.
3
Delete the photo:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Delete Photos from the Photo m enu, and then select Delete again.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
238
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Working with Photos on your com puter
Use Photos on your com puter to view and m anage the photos you download to and view on your
handheld. Check out the online Help in Palm ® Desktop software to learn how to use Photos on
your com puter. The online Help includes info about the following topics:
• Learning about the parts of the Photos window
• Copying photos from your com puter to your handheld
• Using Photo Editor to view, crop, rotate, or enhance a photo
• Editing photo details and titles
• Adding notes to a photo
• Printing photos
• Changing between the Thum bnail, List, and Slide Show views
• Sorting photos
• Organizing your photos into album s
WINDOWS ONLY
To open Photos on your com puter, double-click the Palm Desktop icon on the Windows desktop,
and then click Photos on the launch bar.
MAC ONLY
To open Photos on your com puter, launch Palm Desktop software from the Palm folder, and then
select Photos.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
239
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 15
View ing Photos
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving
Around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Sharing
Beam ing photos to other Palm OS® handheld users
Answers to frequently asked questions about Photos
Com m on
Questions
S u p p o rt
with Photos or with anything
else on your handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
240
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
In this chapter
You have to get this m em o to your
boss—now. Or the photo of the
grandkids in their Halloween costum es
to your m om . After you’ve used your
handheld to create or capture that
im portant business and personal
inform ation, it’s tim e to share it with
others.
Beam ing
Other w ays of sharing
inform ation
Related topics
Your handheld com es equipped with a
variety of options for sharing
inform ation, so that you can choose
the quickest, m ost convenient way of
sending your info.
Benefits of sharing
• Keep others up-to-date with
m eaningful business and personal
inform ation
• Choose the m ost convenient sharing
m ethod from a variety of options
• Create an inform al backup copy of
im portant info
Zire™ 31 Handheld
241
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
Beam ing
Using the IR port on your handheld, you can beam inform ation from within an application, such as
a photo, a contact, an appointm ent, or a task, to other Palm OS® handheld users. You can also
beam a category of inform ation, such as a photo album —or even an entire application.
Tip
For best results when
beam ing, the handhelds
should be between 4 and
39 inches (10 centim eters
and one m eter) apart, and
there should be a clear
NOTE
The receiving handheld m ust be turned on. Depending on the receiving handheld
m odel, not all inform ation m ay be sent correctly.
Beam ing inform ation from w ithin an application
1
Select the inform ation you want to beam :
a. Open an application.
b. Select the entry you want.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
242
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
Tip
The leftm ost m enu is
m ost applications is
nam ed Record.
2
3
Beam the inform ation:
a. Open the m enus
.
Tip
b. Select the Beam m enu item on the leftm ost m enu.
In Contacts, you can
create a contact with your
own inform ation and
select it as your business
card by opening the
Record Menu and
selecting Business Card.
Beam your business card
to other handhelds by
holding down the
c. When the Beam dialog box appears, point your handheld’s IR port directly at
the IR port of the other handheld.
IR port
Contacts application
button until the Beam
dialog box appears.
Wait for the Beam dialog box to indicate that beam ing is com plete.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
243
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
Beam ing a category
Tip
Create a category of
Calendar events such as
your kid’s soccer
schedule, and then beam
the entire category to
your spouse’s handheld.
1
Select the category you want to beam :
a. Open an application.
b. From the list view, tap the pick list in the upper-right corner and select the
category you want. This takes you to the list view within the selected
category.
Tip
When you beam a
category, the individual
entries within the
category (contacts,
m em os, photos, and so
on) appear as unfiled
item s on the receiving
device.
2
Beam the category:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select the Beam Category m enu item on the leftm ost m enu.
c. When the Beam dialog box appears, point your handheld’s IR port directly at
the IR port of the other handheld.
IR port
3
Wait for the Beam dialog box to indicate that beam ing is com plete.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
244
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
Beam ing an application
Tip
Tap the Beam From pick
list to beam an
application from an
expansion card inserted
into the expansion slot.
1
Select the application you want
to beam :
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Open the m enus
screen.
.
c. Select Beam on the App
m enu.
d. Select the application you
want to beam .
NOTE
You cannot beam an
application that has a lock icon
next to the application size.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
245
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
2
3
Beam the application:
a. Tap Beam .
b. When the Beam dialog box appears, point your handheld’s IR port directly at
the IR port of the other handheld.
IR port
Wait for the Beam dialog box to indicate that beam ing is com plete.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
246
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
Other ways of sharing inform ation
Here are som e other ways of sharing inform ation:
• Copy inform ation or an application onto an expansion card inserted into the expansion slot, and
view the inform ation by inserting the card into the slot on another Palm OS® handheld.
• Copy inform ation such as a photo from your handheld to your com puter, or from com puter to
handheld, by synchronizing.
• After synchronizing, use Palm ® Desktop software to send inform ation such as a contact or a task
as an attachm ent to an e-m ail m essage from your com puter’s e-m ail application. For contacts
and calendar events, use the Forward com m and in the File m enu to attach the item directly to an
e-m ail m essage. For contacts, events, m em os, and tasks use either the Export or Send To
com m and in the Edit menu to save the item as a separate file in a folder you choose. You can
then attach that file to an e-m ail m essage.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
247
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 16
Sharing Inform ation
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Synchronizing
Expansion
Sharing inform ation by synchronizing your handheld with your com puter
Sharing inform ation by saving it to an expansion card that can be viewed
from another handheld
Com m on
Answers to frequently asked questions about sharing inform ation
Questions
S u p p o rt
with sharing inform ation or
with anything else on your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
248
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
In this chapter
You probably wouldn’t leave your door
unlocked at night, so why should it be
any different with your handheld?
When you think about the am ount of
personal and private inform ation
stored there, you’ll definitely want to
protect it.
Choosing a security level
Marking inform ation as
private
Setting the level of privacy
Using a password
Locking your handheld
Related topics
Benefits of privacy
• Protect inform ation if your handheld
is m isplaced
• Hide private inform ation
• Unlock your handheld using only one
hand
Zire™ 31 Handheld
249
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Choosing a security level
There are a variety of security levels available for your handheld. Choose the level that provides
the best m ix of security and convenience.
Activating no security features All entries are accessible to anyone who has your handheld. This
includes entries that are m arked private, but are not m asked or hidden.
Masking private entries w ithout creating a passw ord Masked entries are displayed when
selected.
Hiding private entries and creating a password Private entries are displayed when the password
is entered. This is the highest level of security.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
250
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Marking inform ation as private
Marking an entry as private is the first step in protecting your info.
1
2
3
Open an application.
Create a new entry, or select the entry that you want to m ake private.
Mark it as private:
a. For existing Contacts, tap Edit.
b. Tap Details.
c. Tap the Private check box.
d. Select OK.
Private check box
e. In Contacts and Mem os, select
Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
251
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Setting the level of privacy
Add further protection to your private entries by setting the privacy level (hidden/m asked).
Hiding or m asking private entries
1
Open Security:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Security.
2
Select the display option for private entries:
a. Tap the Current Privacy pick list.
b. Select one of these options, and then select Done.
Show Private Records Display private entries.
Mask Private Records Block entries with a gray bar; you can see the bar
onscreen, but you can’t see the entries’ content.
Hide Private Records Make private entries invisible.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
252
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Co n t ’d .
Masked entry
Done
View ing an entry that is m asked
To open a m asked entry, select the entry. If you have a password, enter it in the Show Private
Records dialog box, and then select OK. When you close a m asked entry, it rem ains m asked.
Using a password
Further protect your hidden or m asked entries by creating a password, which is needed to display
the contents of hidden/m asked entries.
Tip
Use a password to
protect confidential work
or personal inform ation.
If your handheld is lost or
stolen, this inform ation
will be safe.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
253
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Creating a passw ord
Tip
The best passwords
consist of a m ix of letters,
characters, and num bers.
Longer passwords are
better than short ones.
Any password you create
is case-sensitive.
1
Open Security:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
Password box
.
c. Select Security.
Tip
Enter your password with
Graffiti® 2 writing or the
onscreen keyboard.
2
Create a password and hint:
a. Tap the Password box.
b. Enter a password.
c. Enter a hint to help you
rem em ber the password if
you forget it.
d. Select OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
254
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
3
4
Confirm the password:
a. Enter the password again.
b. Select OK.
Select Done.
Done
Changing a password
You can change your password at any tim e. You m ust enter the current password before you can
change it.
Tip
In Palm ® Desktop
software, you can require
password entry for
private info to display.
Open the Tools m enu and
select Options, and then
select Security.
1
Open Security:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
Password box
.
c. Select Security.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
255
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
2
Change your password:
a. Enter a new password and hint.
b. Select OK.
3
4
Confirm the password:
a. Enter the password again.
b. Select OK.
Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
256
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Deleting a passw ord
You can delete your password at any tim e. You m ust enter the current password before you can
delete it.
1
2
Open Security:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
Password box
.
c. Select Security.
Delete your password:
a. Tap Unassign.
b. Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
257
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Deleting a forgotten password
If you forget your password, your handheld displays the password hint (if you entered one) to help
you rem em ber the password. If you still can’t rem em ber the password, you can delete it from your
handheld. Deleting a forgotten password also deletes all entries m arked as private.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Be sure to synchronize your handheld before and after this procedure, so you
can restore any private entries that w ere deleted along w ith the passw ord.
1
Open Security:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
Password box
.
c. Select Security.
2
Delete the forgotten password:
a. Tap the Password box.
b. Tap Lost Password.
c. Select Yes.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
258
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
3
4
Do one of the following, and then select Done:
• Enter a new password and hint, and then select OK.
• If you don’t want to create a new password, tap Unassign or Cancel.
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter to restore any private entries
that were deleted.
Done
Locking your handheld
Protect the entire contents of your handheld, whether m arked private or not, by using your
password to lock your handheld. You can set your handheld to lock autom atically, or you can lock
it m anually.
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
To use the locking feature,
you m ust first create a
password for your
handheld.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
If you lock your handheld, you m ust enter the exact password to unlock it. If you
password. If you still cannot rem em ber the passw ord, you m ust do a hard reset to resum e using
your handheld. A hard reset deletes all of the inform ation on your handheld, including your
password, but you can restore the inform ation by synchronizing your handheld w ith your
com puter.
Tip
To start your handheld
when it is locked, turn it
on. Enter your password,
and then select Done.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
259
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Locking your handheld autom atically
1
Open Security:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Security.
Auto Lock
Handheld box
2
Open the Lock Handheld dialog box:
a. Tap the Auto Lock Handheld box.
b. If necessary, enter your password, and then select OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
260
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Select one of these lock options:
3
Never Always leave your
handheld unlocked.
On power off Autom atically
lock your handheld whenever
you turn it off.
At a preset tim e Set a tim e
when your handheld will
autom atically lock.
After a preset delay Set a
period of inactivity after which
your handheld will autom atically
lock.
4
Select OK, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
261
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Locking your handheld m anually
1
Open Security:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Security.
Lock & Turn Off
2
3
Select Lock & Turn Off.
Select Off & Lock.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
262
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 17
Keeping Your Inform ation Private
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Synchronizing
Custom izing
Creating a backup of your inform ation
Entering your owner inform ation in case your handheld is lost or stolen
Doing a hard reset
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
with private entries or
anything else on your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Com m on
Questions
Answers to frequently asked questions about privacy
Zire™ 31 Handheld
263
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
In this chapter
If you’re like m ost people, you use
your handheld to m anage your work
life and your personal life. Yet these
two areas contain so m any details:
your children’s after-school activities,
your conference schedule, your
shopping list for the week, and
entertainm ent.
Adding a category
Renam ing a category
Deleting a category
Placing inform ation into a
category
View ing inform ation by
category
Related topics
Categories help you organize different
aspects of your life, no m atter how you
choose to group them .
Benefits of categories
• Better organize your inform ation
• Easily retrieve the inform ation you
need
Zire™ 31 Handheld
264
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Adding a category
You can add categories in m any applications: Contacts, Expense, Mem os, Note Pad, Tasks, and
palm One™ Photos. (In palm One Photos, categories are called album s.) Place individual entries
into these categories to easily get to a group of related item s.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can have up to
15 categories in an
application.
In addition to putting individual entries into a category, you can also put entire applications into
categories. For instance, you m ay find it convenient to put Expense and Calculator in a category
called Money.
Tip
Colors m ake it easy to
find the info you need in
Calendar.
1
2
• To add a category for individual entries in one of the applications above, open
that application.
Tip
Add a category in
Contacts that contains all
of your m edical num bers
for quick access.
• To add a category for applications, go to the Hom e screen
.
Add a new category:
Other useful categories in
Contacts are Em ergency,
for fire, am bulance, and
police; Children, for your
children’s school and
friends; and
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-
right corner, and then select
Edit Categories.
b. Tap New and enter the nam e
of the new category.
Entertainm ent, for
restaurants or theaters
that you visit often.
c. Select OK, and then select OK
again.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
265
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Renam ing a category
Tip
If you want to com bine
item s in different
categories, renam e one
category to the other
category nam e.
1
2
• To renam e a category within an application, open that application.
• To renam e a category for applications, go to the Hom e screen
.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Renam e the category:
Som e categories, like All
and Unfiled, com e with
your handheld and
a. Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner, and then select Edit Categories.
b. Select the nam e of the category you want to change, and then tap Renam e.
c. Enter a new category nam e, and then select OK.
d. Select OK again.
cannot be changed.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
266
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Deleting a category
If you delete a category, the item s in that category will m ove to the Unfiled category.
Tip
In Expense, you can
delete a category,
including its contents,
with the Purge com m and.
1
2
• To delete a category within an application, open that application.
• To delete a category for applications, go to the Hom e screen
.
Delete the category:
a. In Calendar, select an event, and then select Details.
b. Open the list of categories:
Calendar Tap the Category pick list.
All other applications Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner, and then
select Edit Categories.
c. Select the nam e of the category you want to delete, and then select Delete.
d. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
267
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Placing inform ation into a category
You can place individual entries into categories within an application. For exam ple, you m ay want
to place som e of your contacts into a category called Medical.
Tip
You can also enter new
inform ation into a
category by opening the
application, and then
selecting the category
from the upper-right
corner. Tap New and
enter the inform ation.
You m ay also find it convenient to view applications in groups. You m ay want all of your gam es in
one category, or all of your m ultim edia applications in another. Then you can go right to the group
of applications you need.
NOTE
An entry or application cannot be placed in m ore than one category.
Placing an entry into a category
1
Open an application that contains a category option. In Calendar, go to Day
View.
2
3
4
Open an entry.
In Note Pad only: skip to step 5.
Open the Details dialog box:
Contacts Tap Edit, and then tap Details.
All other applications Tap Details.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
268
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Tip
To place an entry into a
different category, sim ply
select a different category
from the Category pick
list.
Place the entry into a category:
5
a. Select a category from the Category pick list.
Category
b. If necessary, select OK
c. If necessary, select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
269
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Placing an application into a category
1
2
Go to the Hom e screen
.
Open the Category dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Category on the App m enu.
3
Place the application into a
category:
a. Tap the pick list next to the
application you want to place
into a category.
b. Select a category, and then
select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
270
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Viewing inform ation by category
Tip
In the Hom e screen, scroll
through the categories by
repeatedly tapping the
Hom e screen icon, or
pressing Right or Left on
the navigator. To view all
of the applications on
your handheld select the
All category.
1
2
• To view entries by category, open an application that contains categories.
• To view applications by category, go to the Hom e screen
.
Display the category you want to view:
Calendar Select Show Category List, and then select the category you want to
view from the pick list.
Tip
All other applications Select the category you want to view from the pick list
in the upper-right corner.
Scroll through the
categories in Contacts by
repeatedly pressing the
Contacts button.
Pick list
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
271
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 18
Using Categories to Organize Inform ation
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Calendar
Color-coding your events in Calendar
Working with album s
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
with categories or anything
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
palm One
Photos
Sharing
Beam ing a category to another Palm OS® handheld
Zire™ 31 Handheld
272
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
In this chapter
Did you ever think you could use your
handheld to m anage your weight loss
program ? How about using it to track
the details of your round of golf?
Checking space and version
num bers
Installing the additional
software from the CD
Installing other applications
and files
There are thousands of applications
available for Palm OS® handhelds. Add
the ones you need to help you get the
m ost out of your handheld, no m atter
what you’re doing.
Rem oving an application
from your handheld
Rem oving Palm Desktop
software
Benefits of installing applications
from your com puter
• Add m ore applications to your
handheld
Related topics
• Add photos to your handheld
• Add MP3 files to your expansion card
• Use Addit to easily find new
applications for your handheld
Zire™ 31 Handheld
273
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Checking space and version num bers
Before you install a file or an application, it’s im portant to m ake sure you have enough space for it.
You m ay also want to check the version num ber of applications that are already on your handheld
or expansion card, in case you’re interested in upgrading them .
1
2
Open the Info dialog box:
a. Go to the Hom e screen
.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Info on the App m enu.
View space info and version
num bers:
Pick list
a. Tap the Device pick list and
select one of these options:
Handheld Get inform ation
about applications stored on
your handheld.
Expansion card nam e Get
inform ation about applications
stored on your expansion card.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
274
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
b. Tap one of the following options, and then select Done:
Co n t ’d .
Version Displays the version num bers of all of your applications.
Size Shows how m uch space each application occupies. The bar at the top
shows the total space currently in use on your handheld or expansion card.
Records Shows the num ber of records in an application.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
275
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Installing the additional software from the CD
Your handheld com es with m any applications that are already installed and ready to use. The CD
that cam e with your handheld includes lots of other applications to m ake your handheld even
m ore useful and m ore fun. You can install these applications at any tim e.
WINDOWS ONLY
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Addit is a handheld-
based catalog of som e of
the best software
1
2
3
4
Insert the CD into your com puter.
applications available for
your handheld. Install
Addit from the CD and
use it to easily find an
application such as a new
gam e or business
On the Discover Your Handheld screen, click Add software to your handheld.
Follow the onscreen instructions to install the applications you want to install.
application. Download a
trial version of the
application the next tim e
you synchronize. If you
like it, Addit m akes it easy
to buy it with just one tap
of the stylus.
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
276
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
MAC ONLY
1
2
3
4
Insert the CD into your com puter.
Double-click the Essential Software folder.
Install the applications you want to install.
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
277
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Installing other applications and files
You can also install applications and files on your handheld that did not com e on the CD. For any
files that you install, there m ust be an application on your handheld that can read these files. For
exam ple, you can view photos only if you have an application such as palm One™ Photos on your
handheld.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Most handheld application
files have the extension
PRC or PDB.
Here are the types of files you can install on your handheld:
• Applications designed for Palm OS® handhelds, including PRC and PDB
• Im age files, including BMP, J PEG, and GIF for use with palm One Photos
• MP3 and RealAudio audio files (these files are installed only on the expansion card) for use with
RealOne Mobile Player
Installing applications and files on a Window s com puter
If you installed Palm ® Desktop software, you autom atically have Palm ® Quick Install on your
Windows com puter. This tool m akes it easy to install applications and files when you synchronize.
You can install applications and files by dragging and dropping onto the Palm Quick Install icon, or
by using the com m ands in the Palm Quick Install window.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
278
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Using the Palm Quick Install icon
WINDOWS ONLY
Tip
You can also install files
on your handheld by
right-clicking them on
your com puter. Select
Send To Palm Quick
Install, and the files are
placed on your handheld
the next tim e you
synchronize.
1
2
Copy or download the application(s) or file(s) you want to install onto your
com puter.
Drag and drop the files onto the Palm Quick Install icon:
a. From My Com puter or Windows Explorer, select the file(s) or folder that you
want to install.
b. Drag and drop the file(s) or folder onto the
Palm Quick Install icon on the desktop.
Tip
If there are still files in the
list after you synchronize,
they were not installed.
Open the application
associated with this file,
and then synchronize
again.
c. Select your usernam e and click OK.
3
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
279
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Using the Palm Quick Install w indow
WINDOWS ONLY
Tip
To install a folder on your
handheld, open the File
m enu in Palm Quick
Install and select Add
Folder.
1
2
3
Copy or download the file(s) you want to install onto your com puter.
Double-click the Palm Quick Install icon on the desktop.
Select the files to install:
Tip
To m ove applications
between your handheld
and the expansion card,
drag the files up or down.
User drop-down list
a. In the User drop-down list,
select the nam e for your
handheld.
Tip
If you don’t see the file
you want to install, go to
the folder you copied the
file to.
b. Click Add.
c. Select the file(s) you want to
install.
d. Click Open.
4
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
280
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Installing applications and files on a Mac com puter
You can install applications and files on a Mac com puter by dragging and dropping onto the Send
To Handheld icon, or by using the com m ands in the HotSync® m enu.
Tip
In Mac OS X, you can m ake
the Send To Handheld
droplet a perm anent part
of your desktop by
Using the Send To Handheld droplet
MAC ONLY
dragging the droplet to the
Dock. Then sim ply drag
songs, and other files you
want to transfer to your
handheld, onto the droplet
in the Dock.
Copy or download the application(s) or file(s) you want to install onto your
com puter.
1
2
Drag and drop the files onto the Send To Handheld droplet:
a. Drag and drop the file(s) or folder onto the
Send To Handheld droplet in the Palm folder.
b. In the Send to Handheld dialog box, select
your usernam e and click OK.
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
3
Zire™ 31 Handheld
281
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Using com m ands in the HotSync m enu
MAC ONLY
Tip
To m ove applications
between your handheld
and the expansion card,
click Change Destination.
Use the arrows to m ove
the files, and then click
OK.
1
2
Copy or download the application you want to install onto your com puter.
Select the files to install on your
handheld:
a. In the Palm folder, double-
click the HotSync Manager.
Tip
If you do not see the
application or file in the
folder, go to the folder
that contains the
application you want to
install.
b. Select the HotSync m enu, and
then select Install Handheld
files.
c. In the User pop-up m enu,
select the nam e that
corresponds to your
handheld.
d. Click Add to List.
e. Select the file(s) you want to
install.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
282
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Rem oving an application from your handheld
If you run out of m em ory or decide that you no longer want som e applications you installed, you
can rem ove them from your handheld or from an expansion card.
You can only rem ove add-on applications, patches, and extensions that you install. You
cannot rem ove the applications that are part of the operating system of your handheld.
1
2
Go to the Hom e screen
.
Open the Delete dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Delete from the App m enu.
3
Delete the application:
a. Tap the Delete From pick list, and then select Handheld or expansion card.
b. Select the application that you want to rem ove, and then tap Delete.
c. Select Yes, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
284
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Rem oving Palm Desktop software from your com puter
If you no longer want to use Palm Desktop software, you can rem ove it from your com puter. This
process rem oves only the application files. The data in your Users folder rem ains untouched.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
If you rem ove Palm Desktop softw are, you also rem ove the synchronization
software and can no longer synchronize your inform ation. Even if you want to synchronize w ith
another personal inform ation m anager, like Microsoft Outlook, you m ust leave Palm Desktop
software installed on your com puter.
WINDOWS ONLY
NOTE
You m ay have to m odify these steps to correspond with the operating system on your
com puter.
1
Open Add/Rem ove Program s:
a. From the Start m enu, select Settings, and then select Control Panel.
b. Double-click the Add/Rem ove program s icon.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
285
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
2
Rem ove Palm Desktop software:
Change or Rem ove Program s
a. Click Change or Rem ove
Program s
b. Select Palm Desktop software,
and then click Rem ove.
c. Click Yes in the Confirm File
Deletion box.
d. Click OK, and then click Close.
Done
MAC ONLY
1
2
Insert the CD that cam e with your handheld into your com puter.
Double-click the CD icon on your desktop, and then double-click the Palm
Desktop Installer icon.
3
From the Easy Install screen, select Uninstall from the pop-up m enu.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
286
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
4
5
6
Select the software you want to rem ove, and then click Uninstall.
Select the folder that contains your Palm Desktop software files.
Click Rem ove, and then restart your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
287
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 19
Installing and Rem oving Applications
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Setting up
Switching between Palm Desktop software and Microsoft Outlook
Moving around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
installing applications, or
handheld, go to
RealOne Player
• Transferring files from a CD to an expansion card
• Listening to audio files on your handheld
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
288
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
In this chapter
Although custom izing your handheld
is optional, it’s like changing the preset
radio stations in your car. Since you’re
probably not driving around with the
dealer’s preset radio stations, why not
personalize your handheld, too?
Custom izing the Hom e screen
Making the screen easier to read
Giving your favorite applications
a button or icon
Setting the date and tim e
Custom izing the w ay you enter
inform ation
You can easily custom ize the sound
levels, fonts, and screen colors on your
handheld by using preferences and
m enus. And preference settings can
help extend the life of your handheld’s
battery.
Selecting sound settings
Benefits of custom izing
• Access applications quickly
• Conserve power
Entering your ow ner
inform ation
Conserving battery power
• Enjoy your handheld m ore
• Make your screen easy to read
Connecting your handheld to
other devices
Custom izing netw ork settings
Related topics
Zire™ 31 Handheld
289
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Custom izing the Hom e screen
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Use your favorite photo as the background for the Hom e screen. Or display your application icons
in list form at with sm all icons so that you can see m ore applications without scrolling.
Install palm One™ Photos
from the installation CD
onto your handheld.
1
2
Go to the Hom e
screen.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can also custom ize
the Hom e screen by
organizing your
applications into
categories.
Open the Display Options dialog
box:
a. Open the m enus
.
Tip
b. Select Options, and then
select Display Options.
If the text is difficult to see
against your new
background, select a
different Color Them e to
change the text color.
3
4
Tap the View By pick list and select List or Icon as the display form at.
If you want the last category you viewed to reappear the next tim e you visit the
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
290
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
5
Select a photo for the background:
a. Select the Background check box.
b. Tap the photo thum bnail and select a photo.
c. Adjust the fade setting so that the text is easy to read against the photo.
d. Select OK.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
291
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Making the screen easier to read
In m any applications, you can change the font style to m ake text easier to read. There are four font
styles available.
In certain lighting conditions you m ay also need to adjust the brightness and contrast to read the
inform ation on the screen.
Changing the screen fonts
Sm all font
Large font
Sm all bold
font
Large bold
font
Zire™ 31 Handheld
292
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
1
2
Open an application.
Open the Select Font dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then select Font.
3
Tap the font style you want to use, and then select OK.
Sm all bold
Large bold
Sm all
Large
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
293
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Adjusting the brightness and contrast
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You can assign the full-
screen pen stroke to open
the Adjust Display dialog
box. See Giving your
favorite applications a
button or icon for details.
1
Tap the Display icon to open the Adjust Display dialog box.
Display icon
Tip
When the Adjust Display
dialog box is open, you
can also press Up and
Down on the navigator to
adjust the contrast.
2
Adjust the settings:
a. Tap Low or High to adjust the brightness level.
b. Drag the slider to adjust the contrast level.
c. Select Done.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Selecting Low as the
Brightness setting can
conserve battery power.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
294
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Changing screen colors
Choose a new set of text and background colors for all your applications.
1
Open Color Them e Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Color Them e.
Select a them e, and then select Done.
2
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
295
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Giving your favorite applications a button or icon
Tired of going to the Hom e screen to open an application you use a lot? Use the Buttons
Preferences screen to reassign the applications associated with the buttons on the front of your
handheld and the HotSync® icon.
For exam ple, if you use Mem os often, you can assign Mem os to a button or the HotSync icon so
that you don’t have to scroll through the Hom e screen whenever you want to use that application.
Tip
To restore all the buttons
to the original palm One
settings, tap Default.
1
Open Buttons Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
Pick list
c. Select Buttons.
2
Tap the pick list next to the button (or icon) you want to reassign and select the
application that you want to assign to that button.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
296
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Key Te rm
Full-screen pen stroke
»
A
Assign the full-screen pen stroke:
3
4
stroke that is drawn from
the bottom of the input
area to the top of the
screen. You can use this
stroke as a quick way to
do a selected task, such
as opening the Graffiti® 2
help screen.
a. Tap More.
b. Tap the pick list and select the
action you want to assign to
the full-screen pen stroke.
Pick list
c. Select OK.
Tap Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
297
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Setting the date and tim e
You can set the date, tim e, and location for all the applications on your handheld that require this
inform ation. You can also select the form at in which the date, tim e, and num bers appear.
Selecting a location
You can set the current date and tim e based on your location. When you travel to a new tim e zone,
change the Location setting to quickly reset the date and tim e. Your appointm ents stay at the tim e
you entered them —no adjustm ents for tim e zones. So always enter your schedule based on the
tim e zone you will be in on the day of the event.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
The location you select
also appears as the
prim ary location in World
Clock.
Open Date & Tim e Preferences:
1
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Date & Tim e.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
298
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Tip
You can renam e the
location to the city where
you live. Tap the Nam e
field, and then m odify the
location nam e.
2
Select the location:
Nam e field
a. Tap the Location pick list, and
select a city in your tim e zone.
If you found a city in the list,
go to step 3.
No nearby city? Select Edit
List, do steps b–e.
b. Tap Add.
c. Select a city in your tim e zone,
and then select OK.
d. Select OK again, and then
select Done.
e. Tap the Location pick list, and
select the city you just added.
3
Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
299
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Resetting the date and tim e
In m ost cases you won’t need to reset the date and tim e. However, you m ay need to do this if you
do a hard reset on your handheld.
1
2
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Date & Tim e.
Select the location.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
300
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
3
4
Set the date:
Year
arrows
a. Tap the Set Date box.
b. Tap the arrows to select the
current year.
c. Tap the current m onth.
d. Tap the current date.
Set the tim e:
a. Tap the Set Tim e box.
b. Tap the hour and m inute
boxes, and then tap the
arrows to change them .
c. Tap AM or PM, and then
select OK.
NOTE
If you’re using a
24-hour clock form at, you won’t
see the AM PM options.
5
Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
301
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Selecting form ats for dates, tim es, and num bers
Would you rather see the tim e displayed in a 24-hour form at, or dates that begin with the m onth or
year? Use the Form ats Preferences screen to change these settings and to apply them to all the
applications on your handheld.
You can quickly choose the preset form ats based on geographic regions where you m ight use
your handheld. For exam ple, in the United Kingdom , tim e often is expressed using a 24-hour
clock. In the United States, tim e is expressed using a 12-hour clock with an AM or PM suffix. You
can use the original preset form ats or change them based on your personal preferences.
1
Open Form ats Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Form ats.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
302
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Tip
The country setting
changes only the way the
date and tim e look. It
doesn’t change your
handheld’s tim e to that
country’s tim e. To do that,
go to Date&Tim e
Preferences or to World
Clock.
Select a country:
2
a. Tap the Preset to box to open
the Set Country dialog box.
b. Select a country.
c. Select OK.
3
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Custom ize any of the following preset form ats:
Tim e Controls whether the tim e displays in 12-hour or 24-hour form at and
which sym bol separates the num bers.
Date Controls the sequence in which the day, m onth, and year appear and
which sym bol separates the segm ents.
Week starts Controls whether applications treat Sunday or Monday as the first
day of the week.
Num bers Controls the decim al and thousands separator sym bols.
Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
303
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Custom izing the way you enter inform ation
Your handheld lets you choose how you enter inform ation. You can choose the writing area,
choose Graffiti 2 strokes, and create shortcuts to m ake entering inform ation faster.
Choosing the input area
You can write Graffiti 2 characters in the input area, or you can turn on Writing Area Preferences
and use the full screen for Graffiti 2 writing; you do not have to write in the input area.
1
2
Open Writing Area Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Writing Area.
Tap one of the following, and then select Done:
On Turns on the full-screen writing area. When you select this option, a check
box appears for you to choose if you want to see your strokes as you write.
Off Turns off the full-screen writing area. When you select this option you
m ust use the input area for Graffiti 2 writing.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
304
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Using the full-screen w riting area
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
Turn on Writing Area
Preferences as described
in the previous section.
1
Open the entry where you want
to enter inform ation:
a. Open an application.
Tip
Right after you write a
character, your handheld
interprets a quick tap on
the screen as a period
character. If you want to
tap a button, either wait a
few seconds or
b. Select a record or tap New.
Shaded box
indicates Writing
Area is on
tem porarily turn off full-
screen writing by tapping
the shaded box in the
lower-right corner. The
shaded box changes to a
box outline when Writing
Area Preferences are off.
2
Position the cursor where you want the characters to appear and do any of the
following:
• Write lowercase Graffiti 2 letters anywhere on the left side of the screen.
• Write num bers anywhere on the right side of the screen.
• Write uppercase letters in the m iddle of the screen.
• Write the Punctuation Shift stroke before writing sym bols and other special
characters.
• Use buttons and other controls that appear on the screen by tapping and
holding the button or control until it activates.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
305
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Custom izing Graffiti 2 strokes
There is m ore than one way to write certain Graffiti 2 characters. Use the Graffiti 2 Preferences
screen to select an alternate stroke shape for these characters.
1
Open Graffiti 2 Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Graffiti 2.
2
3
Select alternate strokes:
a. Tap a character to view its
alternate stroke.
b. Select the check box to use
the alternate stroke, and then
select Done.
Repeat step 2 for each stroke you want to reassign, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
306
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Setting up ShortCuts
Are you looking for a quicker way to enter inform ation on your handheld? Use ShortCuts to define
abbreviations for any words, letters, or num bers that you enter often. You can use your ShortCuts
anywhere you enter info with Graffiti 2 writing.
Tip
You m ay want to add a
space character after the
last word in your
ShortCut text. This way, a
space autom atically
follows the ShortCut text.
1
Open ShortCuts Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
Tip
To learn how to use
ShortCuts while entering
inform ation, see Writing
Graffiti 2 ShortCuts.
.
c. Select ShortCuts.
Continued
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Your ShortCuts are
backed up on your
com puter when you
synchronize.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
307
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Tip
The ShortCut Text can be
45 characters long. That’s
long enough for a nam e
whose spelling you
always forget or a
Create a ShortCut:
2
a. Tap New.
b. On the ShortCut Nam e line,
enter the abbreviation.
com plex e-m ail address.
c. On the ShortCut Text line(s),
enter the text you want to insert
when you write the
abbreviation.
d. Select OK, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
308
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Changing ShortCuts
After you create a ShortCut, you can m odify it at any tim e.
Tip
To delete a ShortCut,
open ShortCuts
Preferences and select
the ShortCut. Tap Delete,
tap Yes, and then tap
Done.
1
Open ShortCuts Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Shortcuts.
2
Edit the ShortCut:
a. Select the ShortCut you want to change.
b. Tap Edit.
c. Make your changes.
d. Select OK, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
309
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Correcting problem s w ith tapping
Is your screen not responding to taps? Are you getting unexpected results when you tap? For
exam ple, when you tap the num ber keyboard icon, does the Find dialog box open instead? If this
happens, it’s tim e to align the screen.
Key Te rm
»
Digitizer Another nam e
for your handheld’s
screen and the internal
circuitry that enables it to
respond appropriately to
taps.
1
2
Open Digitizer Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
Tip
If your screen is not
responding to taps, use
the navigator to open
Digitizer Preferences.
.
c. Select Digitizer.
Key Te rm
Calibration The process
of aligning your
»
handheld’s touch-
Tap the targets on the screen as precisely as possible, and then select Done.
sensitive screen so that
when you tap an elem ent
on the screen, your
handheld detects exactly
what you want it to do.
NOTE
You need to tap at least three targets—m aybe m ore if you don’t tap
carefully.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
310
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Selecting sound settings
Are sounds too soft or too loud? Set the volum e levels for the system , gam e, and alarm tones, or
turn sounds off altogether with the Silent profile.
Tip
You can choose different
types of sounds for
Calendar, Tasks, and
World Clock. Go to the
application, open the
Options m enu, and then
select Preferences.
1
Open Sounds & Alerts
Preferences:
Profile boxes
a. Go to the Hom e
screen.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
b. Select Prefs
.
When you connect a
headset to your
c. Select Sounds & Alerts.
handheld, the external
speaker is autom atically
silenced, the Sounds &
Alerts settings are
m aintained, and all
volum e levels are
autom atically adjusted
for use with a headset.
2
3
Select Custom or Silent.
If you selected Silent in step 2, select Done.
If you selected Custom in step 2, tap the System Sound, Gam e Sound, and
Alarm Sound pick lists and select the volum e level for each sound; then select
Done.
Done
0
Zire™ 31 Handheld
311
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Entering your owner inform ation
It’s a good idea to enter inform ation that could help som eone contact you if you ever lose your
handheld (if there’s enough battery power to turn it on). By default, the Owner Preferences screen
contains the inform ation you entered when you installed the CD and set up your handheld, but
you can update or add to this inform ation.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
If you use Security
Preferences to turn off
and lock your handheld
with a password, your
owner info appears the
next tim e you turn on
your handheld. See
1
2
Open Owner Preferences:
Keeping Your Inform ation
Private for m ore info.
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
Tip
c. Select Owner.
If you assigned a
password in Security
Preferences, you m ust
tap Unlock and enter your
password to change your
owner info.
Modify or enter the text, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
312
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Conserving battery power
You can save battery power by preventing your handheld from turning on accidentally and by
adjusting the Power Preferences settings.
Preventing your handheld from turning on by accident
Does your handheld turn itself on accidentally in your briefcase, pocket, or purse? You can lock the
buttons on the front of your handheld to prevent this from happening and to prevent the battery
from draining.
Tip
When Keylock is on, your
handheld does not
respond when you press
the application buttons.
To use your handheld
again, press the power
button, and then tap
Deactivate Keylock.
1
Open Keylock Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Keylock.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
313
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
2
Select one of these settings, and then select Done.
Never Keylock always rem ains off.
Autom atic Keylock turns on autom atically when you turn off your handheld or
when your handheld goes to sleep.
Manual Keylock turns on when you hold down the power button until the
system sound confirm s that Keylock is on.
Done
Selecting pow er-saving settings
The Power Preferences screen enables you to set power consum ption options.
1
Open Power Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Power.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
314
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
2
Tap the pick lists to change any of the following settings, and then select Done.
Auto-off after Select how quickly your handheld autom atically turns off after a
period of inactivity: 30 seconds, 1 m inute, 2 m inutes, or 3 m inutes.
On w hile charging Select whether your handheld stays on continuously when
it is connected to the power adapter. When this option is off, you can still turn
on your handheld to view your info while your handheld charges, but it turns off
autom atically after a period of inactivity.
Beam Receive Select whether you can receive beam ed inform ation on your
handheld. Turn this setting on to receive beam ed info or turn it off to prevent
receiving beam ed info.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
315
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Connecting your handheld to other devices
Connection Preferences let you connect your handheld to other devices. You can use preset
connection settings, m odify the preset settings, or create your own connection settings from
scratch. The list of preset connections varies depending on the applications you’ve added to your
handheld.
For exam ple, you can create a connection between the IR port
of your handheld and a m odem so that you can dial in to your
ISP or corporate network. The m odem can be attached to or
within a m obile phone or other device containing an IR port.
(Som e infrared phones can act as m odem s. To set up a phone
enabled with data services and a driver for your phone. Check
w w w.palm One.com for available phone drivers or contact the
phone m anufacturer.)
Key Te rm
»
ISP Acronym for
Internet service provider.
This is the service you
use to connect to the
Internet, such as AOL,
Com puserve, or
Earthlink.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
You cannot renam e or
delete the preset
Changing the preset connection settings
The following steps show you how to adjust the com m unication speed in the preset IR to a PC/
Handheld connection setting. You can sim ilarly edit other connections or settings.
connection settings.
1
Open Connection Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Connection.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
316
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Open the Edit Connection dialog
box:
2
3
a. Select the IR to PC/handheld
connection.
b. Tap Edit.
Change the speed setting:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Speed pick list and
select the appropriate speed.
c. Select OK.
d. Select OK again, and then
select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
317
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Creating your ow n connection settings
If none of the preset connection settings are close to what you need, or if you’re already using all
the connections as they are, you can create a new connection.
Tip
To delete a connection
that you created, select it
on the Connection
Preferences screen, and
then tap Delete.
1
From the Connection Preferences screen, tap New.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
318
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Enter the basic settings:
2
Nam e Enter a nam e for your connection settings. This nam e will appear on
the Connection Preferences screen so that you can select your connection later.
Connect to Select the type of device you want to connect to: PC, Modem , or
Local Area Network.
Via Select the m ethod you want to use to connect to the device you selected:
Cradle/Cable—the HotSync cable that cam e with your handheld; Infrared—the
IR port on your handheld.
NOTE
The Dialing and Volum e settings won’t appear unless you select
Modem as the Connect to setting.
Dialing Select whether your m odem uses TouchTone™ or Rotary dialing.
Volum e Select the volum e level for you m odem ’s speaker: Off, Low, Medium ,
or High.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
319
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
3
Enter the details settings:
a. Tap Details.
b. Tap the Speed pick list and
select the appropriate speed.
c. Tap the Flow Ctl pick list and
select whether the connection
uses flow control:
Autom atic Your handheld determ ines when to use flow control.
On Flow control is always on.
Off Flow control is always off.
d. For a m odem connection, enter the initialization string.
e. Select OK.
4
Select OK, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
320
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Custom izing network settings
Your handheld includes software that lets you connect your handheld to your Internet service
provider (ISP) or to a dial-in (rem ote access) server using a m obile phone. After you configure
your network settings, you can establish a connection either by using the m enus from the Network
Preferences screen or by using a third-party application.
[ ! ]
Be fo re Yo u Be g in
You need the following:
• A m obile phone with an
IR port (sold separately)
• A wireless service
provider account that
includes high-speed data
services or that supports
dial-up connections
(additional fees m ay
apply)
Setting up a service profile
Service profiles store the network settings for your ISP or dial-in server. You can create, save, and
reuse service profiles. You can create additional service profiles from scratch or by duplicating an
existing profile and editing the inform ation.
1
Open Network Preferences:
• An ISP account or a
corporate rem ote access
account (additional fees
m ay apply)
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
• Connection Preferences
settings for your m obile
phone enabled with IR
c. Select Network.
Continued
• An application on your
handheld that supports
viewing transm itted info,
such as an e-m ail
application or web
browser (sold separately,
visit w w w.palm One.com
for details)
Zire™ 31 Handheld
321
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Tip
Instead of creating a new
profile, you can copy an
existing profile and
change the settings.
Select the profile you
want to copy, and then
open the Service m enu
and select Duplicate.
2
Enter the basic settings:
Service Tap the Service pick list and select your ISP or your dial-in server type
from the list. If your ISP or server type isn’t on the list, tap New and enter a
nam e for the service profile.
User Nam e Enter your usernam e. This is the part of your e-m ail address that’s
before the @ sign and it’s the nam e that you use when you log in to your ISP or
your dial-in server. This field can contain m ultiple lines of text, but only two
lines appear onscreen.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Most dial-in servers do
not accept spaces in the
usernam e.
Password Enter the password you use to log in to your ISP or dial-in server,
and then tap OK. The word “Assigned” appears in this box and you don’t need
to enter a password when you log in.
Tip
Connection Tap the Connection pick list and select the m ethod you want to
use to connect to your ISP or to a dial-in server. See Connecting your handheld
to other devices for info on creating and configuring connection settings.
If you’re concerned about
security don’t enter a
password. Just leave the
word “Prom pt” in the
Password box and your
handheld will ask you to
enter a password each
tim e you log in.
If you’re using a phone or m odem
connection, enter the phone
settings:
3
a. Tap the Phone box.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
322
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Tip
It’s a good idea to add at
least three com m as
before your calling card
num ber to allow for the
cue delay. Each com m a
delays transm ission of
your calling card num ber
for two seconds.
Co n t ’d
.
b. Enter any of the following settings, and then tap OK:
Phone # Enter the phone num ber for your ISP or dial-in server.
Dial prefix Select the Dial prefix check box, and then enter the num ber that you
dial before the telephone num ber to access an outside line. For exam ple, m any
offices require that you first dial 9 to dial a num ber outside the building.
Disable call waiting If your phone has Call Waiting, select the Disable call
waiting check box, and then enter the code to disable Call Waiting. Call Waiting
can cause your session to end if you receive a call while you are connected.
Contact your local phone com pany for the code that is appropriate for you.
Use calling card If you want to use your calling card when dialing your ISP or
dial-in server, tap the Use calling card check box to select it. Enter your calling
card num ber on the Use calling card line.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Because MCI w orks differently, enter the MCI calling card
num ber in the Phone # field and the phone num ber in the Use calling card field.
4
Tap Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
323
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Connecting to your service
After you set up your Connection and Network Preferences, establishing a connection to your ISP
or your com pany’s network (dial-in server) is easy.
Tip
To see expanded Service
Connection Progress
m essages, press Down
on the navigator.To see
m ore inform ation, open
the Options m enu and
select View Log.
Open Network Preferences:
1
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Network.
2
3
Make the connection:
a. Make sure the service profile you want to use appears in the Service field.
If not, select it.
b. Tap Connect.
End the connection when you’re done using it:
a. Tap Disconnect.
b. Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
324
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Adding details to a service profile
If you’re using one of the predefined service profiles, you probably need to enter only your
usernam e, password, and telephone num ber. If you’re creating a new service profile, you m ay
need to use the Details dialog box to add m ore inform ation to your service profile.
1
2
Open Network Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Network.
Open the Details dialog box:
a. Tap the Service pick list and
select the service you want to
add details to.
b. Tap Details.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
325
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Key Te rm
»
DNS Dom ain nam e
system . The Internet uses
this system to translate
the nam es of host
com puters into IP
addresses. A DNS
num ber identifies the
server that handles the
translation.
Adjust any of the following settings:
NOTE
3
Ask your ISP or system adm inistrator if you need inform ation on any
of these settings.
Connection type Tap the pick list and choose the com m unication protocol for
this service: PPP, SLIP, or CSLIP. Most e-m ail application use PPP or SLIP
protocols.
Idle tim eout Tap the pick list and select how long your handheld waits before
dropping the connection with your ISP or dial-in server when you switch out of
an application that requires a connection: 1 Minute, 2 Minutes, 3 Minutes, or
Never.
Each IP address has four
num bers (from 0 to 255)
that are separated by
periods.
Query DNS Select the Query DNS check box if you’re not sure whether you
need to enter DNS addresses. Many system s do not require that you enter DNS
addresses. If you do need DNS addresses, deselect the DNS check box, tap the
space to the left of each period in the Prim ary and Secondary DNS fields, and
then enter the appropriate sections of each address.
Key Te rm
»
IP Internet protocol.
Everyone who logs in to
the Internet needs a
unique identifier (an
IP address). Som e
networks dynam ically
assign a tem porary IP
address upon login while
others assign a
IP Address Select the IP Address check box to use a tem porary IP address.
Deselect the IP Address check box to enter a perm anently assigned address.
4
Select OK, and then select Done.
perm anent IP address.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
326
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Deleting a service profile
1
Open Network Preferences:
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Network.
2
Delete the service you want to delete:
a. Tap the Service pick list and select the service you want to delete.
b. Open the m enus
.
c. Select Delete on the Service m enu.
d. Tap OK, and then tap Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
327
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Creating login scripts
A login script is a series of com m ands that autom ates logging in to a network server—for
exam ple, your corporate network or your ISP. A login script is associated with a specific service
profile created in Network Preferences.
Tip
Window s You can also
create login scripts with a
text editor on your
desktop com puter. Create
a file with the extension
PNC, and then install the
file on your handheld
using palm One™ Quick
Install.
A login script is som ething that you are likely to receive from your system adm inistrator if you log
in to the corporate servers from your handheld using a phone/m odem or network connection. The
script is generally prepared by the system adm inistrator and distributed to users who need it. It
autom ates the events that m ust take place to establish a connection between your handheld and
the corporate servers.
You can create login scripts by selecting com m ands from the Com m and pick list in the Login
Script dialog box. Som e com m ands, such as Send, require you to supply additional inform ation. If
the com m and requires additional info, a field appears to the right of the com m and where you can
enter the info.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Your login scripts can
also use non-ASCII and
literal characters.
1
Open Network Preferences:
a. Go to the Hom e
b. Select Prefs
screen.
.
c. Select Network.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
328
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
2
Open the Login Script dialog box:
a. Tap the Service pick list and select the service you want to add a script to.
b. Tap Details.
c. Tap Script.
3
Tap the End pick list and select one of the following com m ands from the list:
Wait For Tells your handheld to wait for specific characters from the server
before executing the next com m and.
Wait For Prom pt Detects a challenge-response prom pt com ing from the
server, and then displays the dynam ically generated challenge value. You then
enter the challenge value into your token card, which in turn generates a
response value for you to enter on your handheld. This is a two-part com m and
which is separated by a vertical bar (|) on the input line.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
329
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Send Transm its specific characters to the server that you’re connecting to.
Co n t ’d .
Send CR Transm its a carriage return or line feed (LF) character to the server.
Send User ID Transm its the User Nam e field from Network Preferences.
Send Password Transm its the Password field from Network Preferences. If you
didn’t enter a password, this com m and prom pts you to enter one. The Password
com m and is usually followed by a Send CR com m and.
Delay Tells your handheld to wait a specific num ber of seconds before going to
the next com m and in the login script.
Get IP Reads an IP address and uses it as the IP address for your handheld.
This com m and is used with SLIP connections.
Prom pt Opens a dialog box and prom pts you to enter certain text (for
exam ple, a password or a security code).
GPRS Sets up GPRS connections on various wireless networks. You should
not have to use these com m ands.
End Identifies the last line in the login script.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
330
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
4
Com plete the script:
a. Repeat step 3 until the login script is com plete.
b. Select OK, and then select OK again.
c. Select Done.
Done
Adding plug-in applications
You can create plug-in applications containing script com m ands that extend the functionality of
the built-in script com m ands. A plug-in application is a standard PRC application that you install
on your handheld just like any other application. After you install the plug-in application, you can
use the new script com m ands in a login script.
Tip
For m ore info on creating
plug-in applications,
contact Developer
Support at Palm Source.
For exam ple, you m ight use a plug-in application in the following situations:
• You need the login script to properly respond to different connection scenarios defined by the
authentication server.
• You want to perform conditional tests and branching as part of the login process.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
331
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Plug-in applications have the following characteristics:
• Written in C language
• Com piled into a device executable
• Called properly from a login script
• Able to return control to a login script after it term inates
• Created using a developm ent environm ent that supports Palm OS® software, such as
Metrowerks CodeWarrior tools.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
332
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 20
Custom izing Your Handheld
Related topics
Click the link below to learn about these related topics:
My Ha n d h e ld
Make your handheld
uniquely yours. For great
tips, software, accessories,
and m ore, visit
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Exploring
Locating the input area and other controls on your handheld
Moving
Around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Entering
• Using Graffiti 2 writing to enter inform ation
Inform ation
S u p p o rt
• Using ShortCuts to quickly enter text phrases
with custom ization or with
anything else on your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Photos
Copying photos to your handheld or an expansion card
Keeping inform ation private by locking your handheld with a password
Creating categories so you can organize your applications and inform ation
Viewing the date and tim e in other cities
Privacy
Categories
World Clock
Zire™ 31 Handheld
333
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
In this chapter
Forget your watch? Or just forget to
reset it when you landed in Toronto?
Neither m atters, as long as you have
your handheld. Not only can you rely
on it for the correct tim e, you can even
set an alarm so you don’t m iss that
early flight back hom e.
Checking the current date
and tim e
Setting the prim ary location
Choosing secondary
locations for other tim e
zones
Modifying the locations list
Setting the alarm clock
Changing the clock display
Related topics
Benefits of World Clock
• Always have the correct tim e, no
m atter where you are
• No need to carry a separate alarm
clock
Zire™ 31 Handheld
334
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Checking the current date and tim e
There are several ways to easily check the date and tim e:
• When your handheld is on:
• Tap the Hom e icon
, and then select the World Clock icon
.
• Tap the Clock icon in the upper-left corner of the input area. Your handheld displays the tim e
for two seconds, and then returns to the previous application.
Clock
• When your handheld is off, press Select in the center of the navigator. Your handheld turns on,
displays the tim e, and then turns off after a few seconds.
Select
Zire™ 31 Handheld
335
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Setting the prim ary location
In World Clock, you can set the location, date, and tim e for a prim ary location. The settings for this
prim ary location are used by all of the applications on your handheld.
Key Te rm
Prim ary location
»
Typically a city in the tim e
zone in which you live.
1
2
Go to the Hom e screen
and select World Clock
.
Select the prim ary location:
Prim ary location
pick list
a. Tap the prim ary location pick
list.
b. Select the location you want
to be the prim ary location.
If you need m ore choices,
m odify the locations list.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
336
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Setting the date and tim e for the prim ary location
You can set the date and tim e in Preferences, as you did during the initial setup of your handheld,
or in World Clock. When you change the date and tim e in one application, it is autom atically
changed in the other.
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
When the Daylight
Savings settings are
according to the rule for
the prim ary location. For
exam ple, in North
1
2
3
Go to the Hom e screen
Tap Set Date & Tim e.
and select World Clock
.
Am erica, the tim e
changes at 2:00 a.m .; in
Europe, it changes at
1:00 a.m .
Set the date:
Year
a. Tap the Date box.
Month
b. Tap the arrows to select the
current year.
Day
c. Tap the current m onth.
d. Tap the current date.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
337
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
4
5
Set the tim e:
a. Tap the Set Tim e box.
Hour
b. Tap the hour and m inute
boxes, and then tap the
arrows to change them .
Minute
c. Tap AM or PM, and then
select OK.
Select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
338
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Choosing secondary locations for other tim e zones
Set World Clock to display the date and tim e for two other locations.
Tip
If you have friends,
fam ily, or colleagues in
another tim e zone, select
a city in their zone as your
secondary location.
When you need to
contact them , you can
easily check to see what
tim e it is where they are.
1
2
Go to the Hom e screen
and select World Clock
.
Tap the pick list next to one of the
secondary locations.
Pick list
3
Select the location you want to use as the new secondary location.
If you need m ore choices, m odify the locations list.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
339
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Modifying the locations list
You can edit the locations list so that the locations you use m ost often are easy to find.
Tip
If you know what you’re
looking for in a long pick
list, use Graffiti® 2
w riting to find it faster.
Enter the first letter of the
word, then locate your
item .
Adding new locations
1
2
Go to the Hom e screen
and select World Clock
.
Open the Edit List dialog box:
a. Tap a Location pick list.
b. Select Edit List.
3
Add the new location:
a. Tap Add.
b. Scroll through the list to
select a location that is in the
sam e tim e zone as the city
you want to add.
c. Select OK.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
340
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
4
[ & ] OPTIONAL Tap each
setting you want to change.
Nam e Enter the nam e of the
location.
Tim e Zone Select the tim e
zone for the location.
Daylight Saving Tim e check
box Tap for your handheld to
autom atically adjust the date and
tim e for Daylight Saving Tim e in
this location.
Start and End dates Tap the
boxes to change the start and
end dates of Daylight Saving
Tim e, if necessary.
5
Select OK, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
341
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Deleting a location
1
2
Go to the Hom e screen
and select World Clock
.
Select the location you want to
delete:
a. Tap a Location pick list.
b. Select Edit List.
c. Select a location, and then tap
Rem ove.
3
Select OK, and then select Done.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
342
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Setting the alarm clock
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
Use World Clock to set an
alarm within the next 24
hours. Set alarm s outside
of this tim efram e in
Calendar.
Go to the Hom e screen
and select World Clock
.
1
2
Set the alarm :
Did Yo u Kn ow ?
a. Tap the Alarm box.
Rem em ber to put your
handheld on local tim e. If
you travel from San
Francisco to London,
m ake London your
prim ary location so that
all your alarm s ring on
tim e, instead of eight
hours late.
b. Tap the tim e colum ns to set the hour and m inute, and then select OK.
NOTE
Alarm s set in World Clock use the tim e set for the prim ary location.
Alarm box
Tip
Set an alarm while you’re
working to rem ind you
your appointm ent on
tim e.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
343
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Tip
To turn off an alarm
before it sounds, tap the
Alarm box, and then tap
Alarm Off.
3
[ & ] OPTIONAL Select the alarm sound and volum e:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then select Alarm Preferences.
c. Tap the pick lists to select the alarm sound and volum e.
NOTE
This volum e setting does not affect the other sounds on your
handheld, including the alarm s you set in Calendar. You can change the volum e
of these other sounds in Preferences.
d. Select OK.
Done
Responding to the alarm clock
When the World Clock alarm sounds, select one of these three options:
OK Cancel the rem inder m essage and return to the current screen.
Snooze Close the alarm rem inder m essage and return to the current screen. The m essage
appears again in five m inutes. In the m eantim e, an indicator blinks in the upper-left corner of the
screen to rem ind you of the upcom ing alarm .
Go To Cancel the rem inder m essage and open World Clock.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
344
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Changing the clock display
1
2
Go to the Hom e screen
and select World Clock
.
Open the Display Options dialog box:
a. Open the m enus
.
b. Select Options, and then select Display Options.
3
Select any of the following options, and then select OK:
Show Multiple Locations Display the secondary locations. Deselect it to
display only the prim ary location.
Show Date Display the date in World Clock.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
345
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 21
Managing Clock Settings
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Moving around
• Opening applications
• Using m enus
Calendar
Setting an alarm outside of the next 24 hours
Changing the volum e of other system sounds
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
with World Clock or anything
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Custom izing
Zire™ 31 Handheld
346
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 22
Maintaining Your Handheld
Your handheld is designed to be rugged and reliable and to provide you with
years of trouble-free service. Taking care of your handheld helps keep it working
Handheld do’s and don’ts
To protect your handheld from dam age and ensure reliable perform ance, follow these guidelines.
Handheld do’s
• Use the protective cover that cam e with your handheld. It protects your handheld screen from
being scratched.
• Use only the stylus to tap the screen—no pens, pencils, paper clips, or other sharp objects.
• Use only the supplied power adapter to charge your handheld.
• Keep the battery charged.
• Keep the screen free of dust (or anything else that could m ake it dirty).
• For general cleaning, use a soft, dam p cloth. If the screen becom es dirty, use a soft cloth
m oistened with a diluted window-cleaning solution.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
347
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 22
Maintaining Your Handheld
• Use only 3.5 m m stereo headphones in your handheld’s headphone jack.
• Be sure to get rid of any static electricity buildup before you connect your handheld to any cable
or accessory.
Handheld don’ts
• Do not drop, bang, or otherwise cause a strong im pact to your handheld.
• Do not carry your handheld in your back pocket; you m ight sit on it by m istake.
• Do not let your handheld get wet; don’t even leave it in a dam p location.
• Do not expose your handheld to very hot or cold tem peratures, including placing it near a
heater, leaving it in a car, or setting it by a window in direct sunlight.
Resetting your handheld
On rare occasions your handheld m ay not respond when you press a button or tap the screen. In
this case, you need to reset your handheld.
Doing a soft reset
A soft reset tells your handheld to stop what it’s doing and start over again. None of your
inform ation will be lost. After a soft reset, a screen appears that lets you reset the date and tim e, if
needed.
To do a soft reset, use the tip of an unfolded paper clip (or sim ilar object without a sharp tip) to
gently press the reset button inside the hole on the back panel of your handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
348
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 22
Maintaining Your Handheld
Doing a hard reset
Only do a hard reset if a soft reset doesn’t solve your problem , or if you want to clear all of your
inform ation from your handheld.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
A hard reset deletes all records and entries stored on your handheld, including
the usernam e that identifies the handheld. Before you do a hard reset, be sure to synchronize.
1
2
Press and hold the power button.
While holding the power button, use the tip of an unfolded paper clip (or a
sim ilar object without a sharp tip) to gently press and release the reset button
inside the hole on the back of your handheld.
3
4
Wait for the Palm Powered™ logo to appear, then release the power button.
When you see the m essage that warns you about erasing all of the info on your
handheld, do one of the following:
• Press Up on the navigator to finish the reset and show the Digitizer screen.
• Press any other button to do a soft reset.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
350
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 22
Maintaining Your Handheld
Restoring your inform ation after a hard reset
If you synchronized before doing a hard reset, you can now put that inform ation back on your
handheld. However, you m ay need to re-enter som e of your personal settings, as well as your
color-coded categories in Calendar.
WINDOWS ONLY
1
2
Open the Custom m enu in the HotSync® application:
a. Click the HotSync Manager
the screen.
icon in the taskbar in the lower-right corner of
b. Click Custom .
Select the correct usernam e from the list at the top of the box.
Continued
Zire™ 31 Handheld
351
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 22
Maintaining Your Handheld
3
Set the transfer options:
a. Select an application in the
Conduit list, and then click
Change.
b. Select Desktop overwrites
handheld.
NOTE
This change applies
only to the next synchronization.
c. Click OK.
4
5
Repeat step 3 for the other applications in the list that you want to restore, and
then click Done.
Synchronize your handheld w ith your com puter.
Done
Zire™ 31 Handheld
352
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 22
Maintaining Your Handheld
Related topics
Click a link below to learn about these related topics:
Co m m u n it y
To explore the world of your
handheld, go to
w w w.palm One.com /
myzire31.
Synchronizing
Custom izing
Creating a backup of your inform ation
Custom izing your handheld again after doing a hard reset
S u p p o rt
If you’re having problem s
with resets or with anything
w w w.palm One.com /
support/ zire31.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
353
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
Although we can’t anticipate all the questions you m ight have, this chapter
provides answers to som e of the m ost com m only asked questions.
Setup
Nothing happens w hen I insert the CD.
WINDOWS ONLY
1. Click Start on your com puter, and then select Run.
2 . Click Browse and navigate to your CD-ROM drive.
3 . Select Autorun, click Open, and then click OK.
I cannot install Palm Desktop software.
WINDOWS ONLY
• Disable any virus-scanning software on your com puter.
• Close any open applications.
• Make sure your com puter has at least 60MB of disk space available.
• Delete all tem porary files.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
354
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
• Run ScanDisk (or another disk verification tool) on your com puter.
• Install the latest Windows software updates to your com puter.
• If you are upgrading from an older Palm OS® handheld, rem ove any previous version(s) of
Palm ® Desktop software by clicking Start, navigating to Settings, and clicking Control Panel. Click
Add or Rem ove Program s.
• Uninstall and then reinstall the current version of Palm Desktop software.
MAC ONLY
• Disable any virus-scanning software on your com puter.
• Quit any open applications.
• Make sure your com puter has at least 60MB of disk space available.
• Install the latest Mac software updates to your com puter.
• If you are upgrading from an older Palm OS® handheld, rem ove any previous version(s) of
Palm Desktop software.
• Uninstall and then reinstall the current version of Palm Desktop software.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
355
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
Handheld
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Do not open your handheld; there are no serviceable parts inside. Opening your
handheld voids the warranty and is not recom m ended under any circum stances.
I w ant to see how m uch battery life I have left.
A battery gauge
your handheld needs to be recharged. If the battery becom es low, a m essage appears on the
screen prom pting you to recharge the battery.
I’m not sure w hen I need to recharge my handheld.
We recom m end that you recharge your handheld for at least half an hour every day. Ideally,
connect your handheld to a power source every night and recharge it while you sleep.
My battery is drained.
If the battery is drained to the point that you cannot turn on your handheld, your inform ation is
safely stored for approxim ately five days. In this case, there is enough residual energy in the
battery to store the inform ation but not enough to turn on your handheld. If your handheld does
not turn on when you press the power button, you should recharge it im m ediately, for a few
hours.
My battery drains too quickly.
You can conserve battery life by doing any of the following:
• Reduce the brightness of the display.
• Reduce the Auto-off after interval.
• Use Keylock Preferences to prevent your handheld from being turned on accidentally.
• Minim ize use of the expansion card slot.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
356
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
When I connect my handheld to the power adapter,
it does not charge.
• Confirm that your handheld is firm ly connected to the power adapter.
• Confirm that your power adapter is plugged into an AC outlet that has power.
A lightning bolt over the battery icon indicates that your handheld is charging.
My handheld is frozen.
this case, you need to reset your handheld. A soft reset tells your handheld to stop and start over
again. This does not affect any of the inform ation or applications on your handheld.
Tip
After a soft reset, the
Preferences screen
appears with the Date &
Tim e option highlighted
so you can reset the date
and tim e if necessary.
NOTE
If you had a network connection that was cut off, your handheld m ay appear to be
frozen for up to 30 seconds. Wait 30 seconds before perform ing a soft reset.
If a soft reset does not unfreeze your handheld, you need to perform a hard reset.
Tip
If your handheld continues to freeze after a reset, check your third-party applications for
When you purge or delete
item s, you are given the
option to save an archive
copy on your com puter
the next tim e you
synchronize.
incom patible applications.
I don’t see anything on my handheld’s screen.
• Press an application button to ensure that your handheld is turned on.
• If your handheld was exposed to cold, m ake sure it is at room tem perature.
• Charge your handheld.
• Perform a soft reset. If your handheld still doesn’t turn on, perform a hard reset.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
357
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
I get a warning m essage telling m e my handheld m em ory is full.
• If you have installed additional applications on your handheld, rem ove them to recover m em ory.
• Purge item s from Calendar and Tasks. This deletes Tasks item s and past Calendar events from
the m em ory of your handheld.
• Delete unused m em os, photos, and other item s, or save them to an expansion card.
My handheld keeps turning itself off.
Your handheld is designed to turn itself off after a period of inactivity. This period can be set at 30
seconds or at one, two, or three m inutes. Check the Auto-off after setting on the Pow er Preferences
screen.
My handheld is not m aking any sounds.
Check the System , Alarm , and Gam e Sound settings.
The current date and tim e are incorrect.
The current date and tim e are tied to the Location setting. If you change the date and tim e without
changing the Location setting, the current date and tim e m ay appear incorrect.
Moving around
I can’t find the icon I want on the Hom e screen.
• Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner of the Hom e screen and select All. You m ay need to
scroll down a bit, but you should now see an icon for each of the applications on your handheld.
• Som e of the applications that com e with your handheld are not preinstalled. You need to install
these extra applications from the CD.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
358
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
• If you have an expansion card inserted in the expansion slot on your handheld, the application
you want m ay be installed on the card instead of on your handheld. To view the applications
installed on the card, tap the pick list in the upper-right corner of the Hom e screen and select the
expansion card’s nam e from the list.
Entering inform ation
My handheld doesn’t respond to taps correctly.
If your handheld is not responding to taps correctly, you need to align the screen.
When I tap the Menu icon, nothing happens.
• Align the screen and try tapping the Menu icon again.
• If nothing happens, you m ay be in an application or screen that does not use m enus. Switch to a
different application and try tapping the Menu icon. If it works in the second application, then
the first does not use m enus.
• If the Menu icon does not respond to taps in the second application, try aligning the screen
again.
I can’t get my handheld to recognize my handw riting.
For your handheld to recognize handwriting input with the stylus, you need to use Graffiti® 2
w riting. Use the Graffiti 2 help to learn how to write characters.
NOTE
Your handheld recognizes your own personal handwriting in the Note Pad application
only.
• Make the Graffiti 2 character strokes in the Graffiti 2 input area, not on the display part of the
screen. If you want to write on the display part of the screen, turn full-screen w riting on.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
359
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
• Write Graffiti 2 strokes for lowercase letters in the left side, strokes for capital letters in the
m iddle, and strokes for num bers in the right side of the Graffiti 2 writing area.
• Make sure that Graffiti 2 is not in shift m ode.
• Make sure that Graffiti 2 is not in Punctuation Shift m ode.
The info I entered does not appear in an application.
• Check the Categories pick list in the upper-right corner of the application screen. Select All to
• Did you set private records to be hidden? Check Security Preferences to see that Private Records
is set to Show private records.
• Open the Options m enu and select Preferences. Make sure Show Com pleted Tasks is selected.
I don’t know how to save the info I entered in an application.
Each tim e you com plete an entry such as a contact, m em o, or note, your handheld autom atically
saves the inform ation you entered. You don’t have to do anything special to save your info. To
protect your info and create a backup of your info, we recom m end that you synchronize your
handheld w ith your com puter often.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
360
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
Synchronizing
I can’t synchronize my handheld w ith my com puter.
• Make sure the HotSync® cable is connected
securely.
Tip
Need m ore help with
synchronizing your
handheld? Open
Palm Desktop software,
go to the Help m enu and
select HotSync Online
Troubleshooting Guide.
• Make sure the date on your com puter m atches the
date on your handheld.
• Read the HotSync log for the user account for
which you are synchronizing.
WINDOWS ONLY
Click the HotSync Manager
icon in the Windows
taskbar in the lower-right corner of your screen. Make
sure Local USB has a checkm ark next to it. If not,
click it.
NOTE
If you don’t see the HotSync Manager icon, click Start on the Windows taskbar, and then
select Program s. Go to the Palm Desktop program group and select HotSync Manager.
MAC ONLY
• Make sure HotSync Manager is enabled: Open the palm One folder and double-click the HotSync
Manager icon. On the HotSync Controls tab, be sure Enabled is selected. If it is not, click it.
• Disconnect the HotSync cable from your com puter, and then reconnect the cable and restart
your com puter.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
361
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
When I tap to synchronize, nothing happens on Palm Desktop
softw are, and my handheld tim es out.
• Perform a soft reset.
• Make sure that HotSync m anager is running on your com puter.
• Make a copy of the folder containing your inform ation. This folder is nam ed with either your full
usernam e or a shortened version of the nam e. Uninstall and then reinstall Palm Desktop
software.
• Turn on your handheld, and go to the Hom e
Local.
screen. Select HotSync
, and then tap
I can’t synchronize my handheld w ith Microsoft Outlook.
WINDOWS ONLY
NOTE
If you choose to synchronize your handheld with Outlook, inform ation from Contacts,
Calendar, Tasks, and Mem os is synchronized with Outlook. Other inform ation, such as photos and
notes, is synchronized with Palm Desktop software.
• Click the HotSync Manager icon
and select Custom . Check the following:
• Make sure that you have the correct usernam e selected from the drop-down list.
• Make sure that the applications you want are set to synchronize the files. If not, select each
application, click Change, and then choose Synchronize the files.
• Make sure that the correct application nam e is selected. For exam ple, the older version of
Calendar was called Date Book. If you have upgraded from an older handheld, m ake sure that
that Calendar is set to Synchronize the files, and Date Book is set to Do Nothing.
• If you synchronize your handheld with m ore than one com puter, click Settings and select
Enable synchronization to m ultiple PCs for each application you want to synchronize. This
helps avoid duplicating the sam e inform ation on a single com puter.
NOTE
Click the Set as default check box to use this setting each tim e you synchronize.
Otherwise, it applies during the next synchronization only.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
362
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
• Be sure that the application you want is installed. Reinstall the HotSync Manager and m ake sure
that the application is selected.
• Reinstall Palm Desktop software and select the option to synchronize with Microsoft Outlook.
One or m ore of my applications does not synchronize.
If you have synchronized successfully but you can’t find the inform ation from your handheld on
your com puter, check to see that you have the correct usernam e selected for viewing data.
NOTE
If you upgraded from a previous handheld, go to w w w.palm One.com / support/ intl,
select your country, select the Zire™ 31 handheld from the m ain page, and click the Upgrade link.
WINDOWS ONLY
Click the HotSync Manager icon
in the lower-right corner of your screen, and then select
Custom . Check that the application is set to synchronize the files. If it is not, select the application,
click Change, and then choose Synchronize the files. Click the Set as default check box to use this
setting each tim e you synchronize. Otherwise, it applies during the next synchronization only.
MAC ONLY
Double-click the HotSync Manager icon
in the palm One folder. From the HotSync m enu, select
Conduit Settings. Select your usernam e from the User pop-up m enu, and be sure that the
application is set to synchronize.
I can’t open the HotSync Manager.
Make a backup copy of your Palm Desktop data by opening the palm One (Windows) or Palm (Mac)
folder on your com puter, selecting the folder with your usernam e, copying the folder to another
location, and then renam ing the folder. Then reinstall Palm Desktop software.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
363
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
When I synchronize, I receive the 8009 error m essage: An application
has failed to respond to a HotSync notification.
WINDOWS ONLY
The 8009 error indicates that the Windows registry is corrupt. You need to rebuild the HotSync
Manager registry entries. For inform ation on rebuilding the registry entries, go to
w w w.palm One.com / support/ intl and search the palm One Knowledge Library for “error 8009.”
My files didn’t install during synchronization.
• If files do not install after you synchronize, the file type was not recognized. On your handheld,
open the application associated with those files. Then synchronize again. If the files rem ain in
the palm One™ Quick Install list, they are not associated with an application on your handheld
and cannot be installed.
• If you are trying to install files to an expansion card, m ake sure that a card is inserted into your
handheld’s expansion slot before you synchronize.
I can’t add m ore files to the palm One™ Quick Install list.
Make sure the dialog box that confirm s where the files will be installed is closed. You cannot add
m ore files to the list when the confirm ation dialog box is open.
When I add a zipped file (ZIP) to Quick Install, no files appear in the
Quick Install list.
Unzip the file with a file com pression utility, such as WinZip, and then add the unzipped files to
Quick Install.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
364
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
I can’t synchronize using the IR port.
• On your handheld, be sure the HotSync application is set to Local, with the option IR to
PC/Handheld.
• Be sure the IR port of your handheld is aligned directly opposite to, and within a few inches of,
the infrared device of your com puter.
• Synchronizing using the IR port does not work after you receive a low battery warning. Recharge
your handheld.
slow. Synchronizing with photos or MP3 files can take up to an hour or m ore.
• On a com puter running Windows 98, be sure that the HotSync Manager is running, that Infrared
is selected on the HotSync Manager m enu, and that the Serial Port for local operations is set to
the sim ulated port for infrared com m unication.
• On a com puter running Windows 2000/ME/XP, select Infrared in the HotSync Manager.
MAC ONLY
Make sure the infrared com m unications extensions have been installed in the Extensions folder
inside the System folder. Next, open the HotSync Software Setup window, and be sure that
HotSync Manager is enabled and that the Local Setup Port is set to Infrared Port.
I do not see an infrared option w hen I open HotSync Manager.
First check your com puter’s docum entation to see if your com puter supports IR com m unication. If
it does not, you cannot synchronize your handheld with your com puter using the IR port.
If your com puter does support IR com m unication, follow these steps:
1. Click the HotSync Manager icon in the taskbar
in the lower-right corner of your screen.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
365
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
2 . Make sure that Local Serial is selected.
3 . Select Setup.
4 . Click the Local tab.
5 . In the Serial Port drop-down box, select the port your com puter uses for infrared
com m unication. See the docum entation for your operating system for instructions on finding
this port. This inform ation is usually located in the Control Panel.
6 . Click OK.
My handheld displays the m essage “Waiting for sender” w hen it’s
near my com puter’s infrared port.
• Your com puter’s infrared port m ay be set to search autom atically for the presence of other
infrared devices. Consult the docum entation for your operating system for inform ation about
turning off this option.
• In m ost cases, sim ply m oving your handheld away from the com puter’s infrared port solves the
problem .
My handheld appears to freeze w hen I place it near my com puter.
Move your handheld away from the com puter’s infrared port.
I w ant to synchronize my com puter w ith m ore than one handheld.
If the com puter running Palm Desktop software synchronizes with m ore than one handheld, each
handheld should have a unique nam e. Synchronizing m ore than one handheld with the sam e
usernam e causes unpredictable results and, potentially, loss of your personal inform ation. Assign
a usernam e to your handheld the first tim e you synchronize.
If you are synchronizing with Outlook, m ake sure the right profile is selected for the applications
you want to synchronize in HotSync Manager. From the Palm Desktop hom e screen, click the
HotSync Manager, and then select Custom .
Zire™ 31 Handheld
366
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
Calendar
I tapped the Today button, but it does not show the correct date.
Make sure the Set Date box on the Date & Tim e Preferences screen displays the current date.
I created an event, but it doesn’t appear in the Week View.
• If scroll arrows appear on the right of your screen, scroll down to see if the event appears further
down the screen.
• If you have two or m ore events with the sam e start tim e, the first event created appears as a
gray bar, and any subsequent conflicting events appear as a single red bar. To see the
overlapping events select the Day View. For m ore inform ation, see Spotting event conflicts.
• If you m arked the event as private, check Security Preferences to see that Private Records is set
to Show private records.
Mem os
I’m having problem s listing m em os the way I want to see them .
If you cannot m anually arrange the order of m em os on the list screen, open the Options m enu and
select Preferences. Make sure that Sort by is set to Manual.
If you choose to view your m em os alphabetically on Palm Desktop software and then synchronize,
the m em os on your handheld still appear in the order defined in the Preferences setting. In other
words, the sort settings you use with Palm Desktop software are not transferred to your handheld.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
367
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
Notes
I’m having problem s listing notes the way I want to see them .
If you cannot m anually arrange the order of notes on the list screen, select Preferences from the
Options m enu and m ake sure that Sort by is set to Manual.
If you choose to view your notes alphabetically on Palm Desktop software and then synchronize,
the notes on your handheld still appear in the order defined in the Preferences setting. In other
words, the sort settings you use with Palm Desktop software are not transferred to your handheld.
Photos
I can’t find the Photos icon on the Hom e screen.
• Tap the pick list in the upper-right corner of the Hom e screen and select All. You m ay need to
scroll down a bit, but you should now see an icon for each of the applications on your handheld.
• Photos is not preinstalled on your handheld. You need to install Photos from the CD.
RealOne
I w ould like better-quality sound during playback.
You can save m usic files in either MP3 or RMJ form at. RMJ is a proprietary form at used by the
RealOne desktop. In either case, saving at a lower bit rate creates a sm aller file size, but also gives
a lower playback quality. Increase the bit rate to im prove playback sound quality, but rem em ber
that this increases file size.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
368
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
When I save songs from a CD, I do not see the song title or artist
nam e.
When capturing songs from a CD, you m ust have an active Internet connection to obtain song title
and artist inform ation. This inform ation is supplied from the GraceNote server on the web.
Tasks
The info I entered does not appear in an application.
• Open the Options m enu and select Preferences. If Show Com pleted Tasks is selected, deselect it
to display the m issing tasks.
• If you m arked the task as private, check Security Preferences to see that Private Records is set to
Show private records.
Privacy
I forgot the password, and my handheld is not locked.
First, use the password hint to try to rem em ber the password. If this doesn’t help or if you do not
have a password hint, you can use Security Preferences to delete the password, but your handheld
deletes all entries m arked as private. However, if you synchronize before you delete the password,
the synchronization process backs up all entries, whether or not they are m arked private. Then you
can follow these steps to restore your private entries:
1. Tap Lost Password in Security Preferences and tap in the password box to rem ove the
password and delete all private records.
2 . Synchronize your handheld with your com puter again.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
369
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
I forgot the password, and my handheld is locked.
First, use the password hint to try to rem em ber the password. If this doesn’t help or if you do not
have a password hint, you m ust perform a hard reset to continue using your handheld.
Sharing
I can’t beam inform ation to another handheld or other device.
NOTE
• If you are beam ing to another Palm OS® handheld, confirm that your handheld and the other
handheld are 4 to 39 inches (approxim ately ten centim eters to one m eter) apart and that the path
between the two handhelds is clear of obstacles. Beam ing distances to other devices with an IR
port m ay be different.
• Move your handheld closer to the receiving device.
• Make sure the receiving device has beam receive enabled.
• Perform a soft reset on both your handheld and the receiving device.
When som eone beam s inform ation to my handheld, it doesn‘t receive
the info.
• If you are receiving info from another Palm OS® handheld, confirm that your handheld and the
other handheld are 4 to 39 inches (approxim ately ten centim eters to one m eter) apart and that
the path between the two handhelds is clear of obstacles. Beam ing distances to other devices
with an IR port m ay be different.
• Move your handheld closer to the sending device.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
370
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
• Make sure your handheld has beam receive enabled.
• Perform a soft reset on both your handheld and the receiving device.
When som eone beam s data to my handheld, I get a m essage telling
m e it is out of m em ory.
• Your handheld requires at least twice the am ount of m em ory available as the data you are
receiving. For exam ple, if you are receiving a 30KB application, you m ust have at least 60KB
free.
• Purge old Calendar events and delete unused or unnecessary applications.
Problem s with incom patible applications
palm One, Inc. works with developers of third-party add-on applications to ensure the
com patibility of these applications with your handheld. Som e third-party applications, however,
m ay not have been upgraded to be com patible with your handheld.
Possible sym ptom s of incom patible applications include:
• Fatal errors needing resets
• Frozen handheld requiring a reset
• Slow perform ance
• Abnorm al screen display or uneven sound quality
• Problem s using features
• Problem s opening an application
• Problem s synchronizing
Zire™ 31 Handheld
371
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
You can determ ine whether an incom patible application is causing problem s by deleting the
application and then operating your handheld.
After you have deleted the application, try to replicate the operation that created the error. If
rem oving the application solves your problem , contact the application developer for a solution.
Finding a third-party application that is causing a problem
If you have m ultiple third-party applications installed on your handheld or have upgraded from an
earlier m odel of a Palm OS® handheld, perform the following procedure to rem ove all third-party
applications from your handheld. Once you have rem oved all of the third-party applications, you
synchronize to back up your data.
1. Open the palm One folder on your com puter.
2 . Open the user folder for your handheld. User folder nam es are often abbreviated as lastnam e
firstinitial.
3 . Select and drag the Backup folder to the Windows desktop. Make sure you see the Backup
folder on the Windows desktop.
4 . Close the palm One folder.
5 . Perform a hard reset, and then synchronize your handheld with your com puter.
6 . Operate your handheld and try to replicate problem operations.
7. Do one of the following:
•
If your handheld still has problem s, review this Com m on Questions section for solutions to
the problem . Fix the problem before reinstalling the third-party applications.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
372
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 23
Com m on Questions
•
If your handheld no longer has problem s, install the third-party applications one application
at a tim e using the following procedure:
a . Open the Backup folder you m oved to the Windows desktop in step 3.
b . Double-click a PRC file. The palm One™ Quick Install window opens with the PRC file
listed.
c . Click Done.
d . Synchronize your handheld with your com puter.
e . Operate your handheld and try to replicate problem operations.
f. Do one of the following:
•
If installing the application re-creates your problem , rem ove the application and
contact the application developer for a solution. Continue to reinstall your
applications one application at a tim e to m ake sure another application is not creating
a problem .
•
If installing the application does not cause a problem , go to step a and reinstall
another application.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
373
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 24
Getting Help
This guide is m eant to tell you everything you need to know to set up, custom ize,
and use your handheld. However, you m ay occasionally run into an issue that is
not addressed in this guide. Here are som e resources to help you if that happens.
Self-help resources
If you run into a problem with your handheld, be sure to check these resources first:
• Answers to com m on questions about your handheld and its features
• The Palm Desktop online Help
• The Palm Desktop Software for the Macintosh User’s Guide located in the Docum entation folder
on your installation CD
• The palm One™ Knowledge Library, accessible at w w w.palm One.com / support/ zire31
• The m ost recent palm One Zire™ 31 handheld HelpNotes on your regional web site
Zire™ 31 Handheld
374
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
CHAPTER 24
Getting Help
Technical support
If, after reviewing the self-help resources, you cannot solve your problem , go to
w w w.palm One.com / support/ zire31 or send an e-m ail to your regional Technical Support office.
Before requesting technical support, please experim ent a bit to reproduce and isolate the problem .
When you do contact Technical Support, please provide the following inform ation:
• The nam e and version of the desktop operating system you are using
• The actual error m essage or state you are experiencing
• The steps you take to reproduce the problem
• The version of handheld software you are using and available m em ory
To find version and m em ory inform ation, follow these steps:
1. Go to the Hom e
screen.
.
2 . Open the m enus
3 . Select Info from the App m enu.
4 . Select Version for version info, and Size for m em ory info.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
375
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Regulatory Inform ation
FCC Statem ent
This device com plies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
This device m ay not cause harm ful interference, and (2) this device m ust accept any interference received,
including interference that m ay cause undesired operation.
This equipm ent has been tested and found to com ply with the lim its for a Class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC rules. These lim its are designed to provide reasonable protection against harm ful
interference in a residential installation. This equipm ent generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, m ay cause harm ful interference to
radio com m unications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipm ent does cause harm ful interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determ ined by turning the equipm ent off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by
one or m ore of the following m easures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipm ent and receiver.
• Connect the equipm ent into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
The use of shielded I/O cables is required when connecting this equipm ent to any and all optional peripheral
or host devices. Failure to do so m ay violate FCC rules.
[ ! ]
IMPORTANT
Changes or m odifications not covered in this m anual m ust be approved in writing by the
m anufacturer’s Regulatory Engineering Departm ent. Changes or m odifications m ade without written
approval m ay void the user’s authority to operate this equipm ent.
Re s p o n s ib le Pa rt y:
Zire ™ P ro d u c t Fa m ily
palm One, Inc.
400 N. McCarthy Blvd.
Milpitas, California 95035
United States of Am erica
Te s t e d t o Co m p ly
Wit h FCC S t a n d a rd s
(408) 503-7500
FOR HOME OR OFFICE US E
Zire™ 31 Handheld
376
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Canadian ICES-003 Statem ent
This Class B digital apparatus m eets all requirem ents of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipm ent
Regulations.
Cet appareil num érique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Réglem ent sur le m atériel brouilleur
du Canada.
CE Com pliance Statem ent
This product was tested by palm One, Inc. and found to com ply with all the requirem ents of the EMC Directive
89/336/EEC as am ended.
Declaration of Conform ity
palm One, Inc., Declares the Product:Handheld PDA & HotSync® cable
Model Nam e/ Num ber:
Manufacturer’s Nam e:
Zire 31
palm One
Manufacturer’s Address: 400 N. McCarthy Blvd.
Milpitas, 95035-5112
Conform s with the following specifications:
• EN 55024: 1998 (Em issions & Im m unity)
• EN55022:1998, CISPR 22 1997, Class B Radiated and Conducted Em issions
• IEC 61000-4-2, A1 1998-01, ESD Im m unity, 4kV Contact, and 8kV Air Discharge
• IEC 61000-4-3: 1995 RF Im m unity, 80-1000MHz, 3V/M, 1kHz, 80% A.M.
• ENV 50204:1996, RF Im m unity, 895-905MHz, 3V/m , 200Hz, 50% AM
• IEC 61000-4-4: 1995 EFT Im m unity, 1kV on AC port, 5/50nSec, 5kHs Rep. Freq.
• IEC 61000-4-5: 1995 Surge Im m unity, 1.2/50uSec, 2kV(peak), Com m on Mode, 1kV(peak) Differential Mode
Zire™ 31 Handheld
377
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
• EN61000-4-6:1996, Conducted Im m unity, 150kHz-80MHz, 3V RMS, 1kHz, 80% AM
• IEC 61000-4-11: 1994, 100% Voltage Dip 0.5 period, 30% Dip 25 periods and >100% Dip 250 periods
Au t h o rize d p a lm On e Re p re s e n t a t ive : David Woo
Manager, palm One, Inc., World Wide Com pliance
Da t e :
Novem ber 4, 2003
Battery Warning
Do not m utilate, puncture, or dispose of batteries in fire. The batteries can burst or explode, releasing
hazardous chem icals. Discard used batteries according to the m anufacturer’s instructions and in accordance
with your local regulations.
Warning – Explosion Hazard
• Substitution of com ponents m ay im pair suitability for Class I, Division 2;
• When in hazardous location, turn off power before replacing or wiring m odules, and,
• Do not disconnect equipm ent unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non-
hazardous.
Varning
Eksplosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Använd sam m a batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som
rekom m enderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.
Advarsel!
Lithium batteri—Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering. Udskiftning m å kun ske m ed batteri af sam m e
fabrikat og type. Levér det brugte batteri tilbage tilleverandøren.
Varoitus
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan valm istajan suosittelem aan
tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valm istajan ohjeiden m ukaisesti.
Advarsel
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt sam m e batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefait av
apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.
Waarschuw ing!
Bij dit produkt zijn batterijen geleverd. Wanneer deze leeg zijn, m oet u ze niet weggooien m aar inleveren als
KCA.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
378
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Uwaga
Static Electricity, ESD, and your palm One™ handheld
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can cause dam age to electronic devices if discharged into the device, so you
should take steps to avoid such an occurrence.
Description of ESD
Static electricity is an electrical charge caused by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a m aterial.
To m ost people, static electricity and ESD are nothing m ore than annoyances. For exam ple, after walking over
a carpet while scuffing your feet, building up electrons on your body, you m ay get a shock -- the discharge
event -- when you touch a m etal doorknob. This little shock discharges the built-up static electricity.
ESD-susceptible equipm ent
Even a sm all am ount of ESD can harm circuitry, so when working with electronic devices, take m easures to
help protect your electronic devices, including your palm One™ handheld, from ESD harm . While palm One
has built protections against ESD into its products, ESD unfortunately exists and, unless neutralized, could
build up to levels that could harm your equipm ent. Any electronic device that contains an external entry point
for plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to entry of ESD. Devices that you carry
with you, such as your handheld, build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity that m ay have
built up on your body is autom atically passed to the device. Then, when the device is connected to another
device such as a docking station, a discharge event can occur.
Precautions against ESD
Make sure to discharge any built-up static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before
touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another. The recom m endation from palm One is
that you take this precaution before connecting your handheld to your com puter, placing the handheld in a
cradle, or connecting it to any other device. You can do this in m any ways, including the following:
• Ground yourself when you’re holding your m obile device by sim ultaneously touching a m etal surface that
is at earth ground.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
379
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
• For exam ple, if your com puter has a m etal case and is plugged into a standard three-prong grounded
outlet, touching the case should discharge the ESD on your body.
• Increase the relative hum idity of your environm ent.
• Install ESD-specific prevention item s, such as grounding m ats.
Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences
Conditions that can contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environm ent include the following:
• Low relative hum idity.
• Material type (The type of m aterial gathering the charge. For exam ple, synthetics are m ore prone to static
buildup than natural fibers like cotton.)
• The rapidity with which you touch, connect or disconnect electronic devices.
While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge static electricity, if you are in an
environm ent where you notice ESD events you m ay want to take extra precautions to protect your electronic
equipm ent against ESD.
Zire™ 31 Handheld
380
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
INDEX
login scripts 328
m ulti-day events 131
notes 180, 232
owner inform ation 312
photo album s 233
photos to album s 224, 234
playlists 214–215
rem inders 111, 179
repeating events 128, 129
service profiles 321, 322, 325
Alarm check box 137, 159
alarm clock 137, 159, 334, 343
Alarm icon 145
Alarm Preferences com m and 344
Alarm Preset settings 154
Alarm Sound pick list 183, 311
alarm tones 344
. (period) character 305
24-hour clock 301, 302
24-hour form ats 302, 303
5-way navigator 19, 23, 33–37
alarm s
See also rem inders
adjusting volum e for 311
adjusting volum e of 344
attaching to notes 183
custom izing 159, 169, 183
entering preferences for 153, 154
resetting 138
A
abbreviations 307, 308
ABC button 54
responding to 344
accented characters 48
accessing
selecting sounds for 137
setting 137, 159, 184, 343
specifying duration of 154
turning off 344
dialog boxes 36
Album pick list 232
features 22, 31
untim ed events 126, 131
add-on applications 284, 371
album s See photo album s
alerts 5
See also alarm s
aligning screen 310
All category 266
alphabet (Graffiti 2 writing) 44
alphabetic keyboard 23
alternate stroke shapes 306
anniversaries 126, 128
annual events 128
inform ation 33, 250
options 37
Acrobat Reader See Adobe Acrobat Reader
actions (pen stroke) 297
activating buttons and controls 305
adding
addressing e-m ail 113, 308
adjusting brightness 22, 292, 294, 356
adjusting speaker volum e 311, 319
agenda lists 123
See also Calendar application
Agenda View 143, 149, 150, 151, 168
Agenda View icon 143
applications 70, 107, 331
appointm ents 124
categories 265
annual tasks 161, 163
application buttons
described 25
location of 19
connections 318
Zire™ 31 Handheld
381
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
com bining tasks with 123
displaying 146, 147, 148
entering 53
rem oving from calendar 140
saving 125
application title 31
scheduling 124–125
setting alarm s for 343
preinstalled described 25
related topics for 39, 288
rem oving 106, 284
setting duration of 125
setting tim efram es for 153
viewing duration of 151
viewing unscheduled tim e slots for 151
archive folders 62
applications
rem oving connections for 318
renam ing categories 266
running 10
See also specific application
accessing 368
adding contact inform ation to 117, 122
adding files for 70
adding plug-in 331
assigning to buttons 296
selecting 34
archived item s 62, 140, 167
ascending sort 236
assigned passwords 322
assigning actions to pen stroke 297
asterisk (*) characters 109
attachm ents 247
selecting connections for 319
setting preferences for 295, 298
setting prim ary location for 336
transferring to handheld 26
updating inform ation for 89
upgrading 274
viewing by category 271
viewing transm itted inform ation from
321
Audible Player software 27
audio applications 20, 27, 205
audio files 206, 278
checking version num bers for 274
audio form ats 206
audio volum e 311, 319
authentication servers 331
Auto Lock Handheld option 260
autom atically locking handhelds 259, 260
auto-off after interval 356
auto-off delay 315, 358
available storage space 103
displaying categories in 271
displaying inform ation about 17, 274
downloading 276, 279, 281
exchanging 107
finding inform ation in 23, 38
im porting inform ation from 60
incom patible 371
B
appointm ents
back panel controls 21
backgrounds
See also Calendar application; events
adjusting for location 298
color-coding 125, 133
adding photos as 151, 291
adding to calendar 150
installation prerequisites for 274
Zire™ 31 Handheld
382
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
backing up inform ation 8, 26, 71, 98
backup cards 98, 106
Business Card com m and 243
business expenses 195
buttons
calendar
See also Calendar application
adding appointm ents to 124
changing events on 138, 147
changing repeat intervals for 138
color-coding appointm ents 171
color-coding appointm ents in 125, 133
custom izing 149, 150, 303
displaying appointm ents for 143, 146,
147, 148
displaying conflicting events in 151
finding overlapping events on 149
opening 155
rem oving appointm ents from 140
reserving dates 126
activating 305
battery
activating in dialog boxes 36
assigning to applications 296
back panel 21
calculator 190
front panel 19
cautions for 378
charging 4, 21, 347, 356, 357
checking 356
conserving power for 294, 313, 356
extending life of 289, 356
overview 5
locking 313
navigator 34, 35, 36, 37
not responding 305, 313, 348, 357
opening applications from 30, 31
reassigning application 30, 296
recharging 4, 5, 315
battery gauge 356
scrolling through 147, 148
selecting dates on 124, 158
setting repeat intervals for 129, 130, 131
Calendar application
Beam com m and 243, 245
Beam icon 33
Birthday icon 145
blank screen 357
blocking inform ation 252
BMP files 224
applying color-coding options 134, 136
categorizing inform ation in 268
checking schedules in 143, 145, 147, 148
choosing display options 149
defining repeating events 128, 129
deleting categories 267
C
cables 348
benefits of 189
deleting events 140, 142
copying and pasting from 191
opening 25
displaying categories in 271
entering birthdays for 111
entering event locations from 132
getting help with 155
bold fonts 293
bottom arrow controls 24
brightness 22, 292, 294, 356
brightness control 22
browsers 321
im porting inform ation for 60
installing 25
opening 124
re-entering num bers 190
related topics for 192
Calculator icon 25
overview 123
budgets 194
calculators 25, 27, 189
related topics for 156
Zire™ 31 Handheld
383
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
scrolling through 271
selecting 244
pen widths 180
playlists 217
preset connections 316
preset form ats 302
privacy settings 138
repeating events 139
screen colors 295
applications 265, 270
contacts 119, 122
events 125, 133, 156, 171, 244
expenses 195, 201, 202, 204
inform ation 264, 268
m em os 178
screen fonts 292–293
server profiles 322
Calendar button 19
Calendar icon 25
notes 180, 188
tasks 158, 164, 169
text colors 151
tim e zones 341
Calendar Preferences dialog box 137, 153
calendar views 123, 143
calibration 310
Category com m and 270
Category dialog box 270
category list 34, 101, 136, 151
category m arker 144, 151
Category pick list 267, 269
cautions 348, 356
untim ed events 127
World Clock 345
character entry 42, 43, 50, 54, 109
character searches 38
charging battery 347, 356, 357
charging handhelds 4, 21, 315
chat room s xv
Call Waiting 323
calling card num bers 323
CDs 209
tion 10
check boxes 24
checking space on handheld 274
checkm arks 24
Choose Date com m and 158
choosing
alarm sounds 344
categories
categories 269
alternate stroke shapes 306
available options 24
clock display options 345
com m unications protocol 326
connections 319, 322
currency options 196, 197, 198
inform ation 19, 65
adding 265
beam ing 244
benefits of 264
changing 138
color-coding 133, 134
deleting 267
displaying autom atically 290
placing inform ation in different 269
related topics for 272
renam ing 266
date and tim e settings 337
Graffiti 2 ShortCut strokes 309
inform ation 65
location settings 341
locations list 340
m em os 174
owner inform ation 312
passwords 255
Internet Service Providers (ISPs) 322
item s in lists 35
m enu com m ands 31, 32, 33, 37
m usic 213, 215
Zire™ 31 Handheld
384
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
synchronization settings 72
city preferences 299
cleaning your handheld 347
clear button (Calculator) 190
clear entry button (Calculator) 190
Clear Note com m and 180
clearing Note Pad screens 180
clock 22, 137, 298, 300, 343
See also World Clock
clock display options 345
Clock icon 22, 335
Color Them e Preferences screen 295
color-coding appointm ents 125, 133
colors
com puters
Connection Preferences screen 316, 318
connection settings 316–320
connections
copying photos from 224
m anaging schedules from 155
overwriting inform ation on 91, 93
rem oving Palm Desktop software 285
synchronization options for 86, 88
synchronizing handheld with 69, 70, 71,
72, 84, 366
adding login scripts for 328
creating 318
deleting 318
disconnecting HotSync cable 75
dropping 326
ending 324
establishing 324, 331
losing 357
precautions for 348, 379
selecting 319, 322
setting flow control for 320
synchronizing with 72, 78, 83
conserving power 294, 313, 356
Contact Details dialog box 119
Contact Edit screen 112, 114
contacts
transferring files from 26
transferring m usic from 206, 209
Conduit Settings com m and 14
conferences 131
confirm ation m essages 186
confirm ation tones 99
conflicting events 151
applying to notes 181
See also Contracts application
adding 63, 109, 112, 117
attaching to e-m ail 247
beam ing 244
categorizing 119, 122
copying inform ation for 110
custom izing settings for 119
deleting 118
com m and buttons 23, 24
com m and letters 32
Com m and strokes 32, 33
Com m and toolbar 33
connecting
headsets 311
com m ands 31, 32, 33, 37
See also m enus
to dial-in servers 322
displaying inform ation for 114, 119
duplicating inform ation for 112, 116
entering in m em os 173
entering notes for 112
keeping private 119, 122, 251
locating 117
to Internet 316, 322, 324
to networks 72, 78, 83, 319, 321, 324
to other devices 316, 319
to personal com puters 8, 21, 319
to power adapter 21, 315
to power sources 356, 357
Connection pick list 322
com m a-separated files 95
com m unication speed 316, 317, 320
com m unications protocols 326
com pact discs (CDs) 209
com pleted tasks 165, 166, 167, 169
Com press Day View check box 151
m anaging 108
transferring from other applications 122
Zire™ 31 Handheld
385
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
m ulti-day events 131
new locations 340
notes 180, 232
owner inform ation 312
passwords 253, 254, 259
personal calendars 124
photo album s 233
playlists 214–215
plug-in applications 331
rem inders 111, 179
archiving inform ation in 118
categorizing inform ation in 265, 268
creating business cards 115
displaying additional fields for 112
im porting inform ation for 60, 95
im porting to 122
Copy to Handheld com m and 237
copying
applications 105, 247, 279, 281
calculations 191
inform ation 66, 98
service profiles 322
copy-protected applications 105
CPUs
repeating events 128, 129
service profiles 321, 322, 325
ShortCut strokes 308
tasks 158, 160, 162
installing 25
m arking entries as private 251
opening 109
backing up system inform ation for 71
connecting to 8, 21, 319
copying inform ation to 247
copying photos from 224
synchronization options for 86, 88
synchronizing handheld with 69, 70, 71,
72, 84, 366
To Do lists 157
overview 108
unscheduled events 127
untim ed events 126, 131
user profiles 12
currency 195, 196, 198
Currency pick list 196
currency sym bols 196, 197, 198, 202
current date and tim e 22, 52, 298, 301, 335
Current Privacy pick list 252
cursor 54, 65
Custom Currencies dialog box 198
custom er support xv, 17, 375
custom izing
setting display options for 120
viewing online help for 121
Contacts button 19
Contacts icon 25
Contacts list 119
continuous events See repeating events
contrast (screen) 22, 292, 294
controls
updating inform ation from 91, 93
creating
alarm s 159, 169, 183
backgrounds 151, 291
calendar 149, 150
contact inform ation 114, 119
currency sym bols 198
data entry 304
business cards 115
categories 265
connections 318
contacts 109, 112, 117
expense records 194, 196, 197
login scripts 328
activating 305
application 23–24, 29
handheld 19–21
locating 39
Copy com m and 66, 105
Copy dialog box 105
expense lists 202
Graffiti 2 writing 306
m em os 172, 173, 174
Zire™ 31 Handheld
386
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
preset form ats 303
synchronization settings 86–94
Tasks list 168
reserving in calendar 126
selecting on calendar 124, 158
setting 337
setting alarm s for specific 137, 160, 184
setting current 301
Delete Contact dialog box 118
Delete dialog box 284
Delete Event com m and 140
Delete Event dialog box 140
Delete From pick list 284
Delete icon 33
Delete Item com m and 200
Delete Mem o com m and 176
Delete Mem o dialog box 176
Delete Note com m and 186
Delete Photos com m and 238
Delete Task com m and 166
Delete Task dialog box 166
deleting
Cut com m and 67
Cut icon 33
cutting text 66
setting location-specific 298
setting repeat intervals for 129, 130,
131, 138
sorting by 185
viewing photos by 236
viewing scheduled 143, 146, 147, 148
viewing specific 147
D
daily events 124, 128
daily schedules 145, 146, 149
daily tasks 161, 163
See also rem oving
categories 267
connections 318
contacts 118
Day View
data 285
date form ats 302, 303
dates
events 140–142
Deactivate Keylock button 313
Default Currency pick list 198
expense records 200, 201
Graffiti 2 ShortCut strokes 309
inform ation 36, 62, 67, 106, 259, 358
locations 342
changing sequence of 303
checking 335
displaying current 22, 339
displaying due 169
displaying in World Clock 345
entering current 52
m em os 176
notes 186
passwords 257, 258
photo album s 233
photos 234, 235
playlists 219
preset connections 316
private entries 258
service profiles 327
songs 218
overwriting 91, 93
restoring 296
selecting 87
Default View pick list 150
Delay com m and 330
delays 261, 315
Delete com m and 284
flagging series of 131
incorrect 358
recording com pletion 169
tasks 166–167
descending sort 236
Zire™ 31 Handheld
387
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
deselecting options 24
Details com m and 232
Device pick list 274
devices 316, 319
Dial prefix check box 323
dial-in connections 316
eBooks 27
current date and tim e 335, 339
hidden or m asked entries 253
Hom e screen 22, 30, 34
HotSync log 73
Palm Desktop software 3
drained batteries 356
drawing freehand 179
drivers 316
drop-down lists See lists
due dates 158, 159, 163, 169
Duplicate Contact com m and 116
duplicating contact inform ation 112, 116
duration 125
dial-in servers 321, 322, 324
dialing in to networks 78, 316
dialing preferences 319
Dialing setting (connections) 319
dictionaries 98
Disclaim er statem ent ii
Display icon 22, 294
Display Options com m and 150, 290
Display Options dialog box 150, 290, 345
display See screen
inform ation by category 271
item s in lists 35
m em os 174
m enus 22
notes 185
unread m essages 143, 151
World Clock 345
E
eBooks 27
Edit Album s screen 233
Edit Categories com m and 164, 265, 266,
267
Edit Categories dialog box 134, 135
Edit Connection dialog box 317
Edit currencies com m and 196
Edit List dialog box 340, 342
Edit m enu 66, 67
Edit Playlist dialog box 214
editing 65, 174, 180, 185, 231
electrical discharge 348
electrostatic discharge 379–380
e-m ail
DNS addresses 326
do’s and don’ts 347
docum entation xiv, 26
dom ain nam e system .(DNS) 326
down arrow controls 23
Down button (navigator) 35, 37
downloading
addressing 113, 308
attaching inform ation to 247
setting up 322
viewing unread m essages for 143, 151
e-m ail applications 321, 326
em ergency inform ation 265
em pty screen 357
Enable Background Playback check box 213
End com m and 330
displaying
application groups 268
application icons 358, 368
application inform ation 17, 274
applications 101, 271
Adobe Acrobat Reader xvi
applications 276, 279, 281
Zire™ 31 Handheld
388
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
types of 124
types of 98
viewing applications on 101
Expense application
eraser 180
exchanging
archiving inform ation in 200
categorizing inform ation in 265
categorizing with Calculator 265
changing inform ation 194
choosing currency options 196
custom izing currency sym bols 198
custom izing expense list 202
deleting categories 267
deleting inform ation in 200–201
entering expenses in 194–195
getting help with 203
opening 194, 203
overview 193
error m essages 364
errors xiv
Essential Software folder 277
Event Details dialog box 138
events
applications 107
expansion cards 107
inform ation 20, 28
exclam ation points (!) in Tasks list 169
expansion card slot 20, 356
expansion cards
See also appointm ents
adjusting for location 298
archiving 140, 141, 142
assigning color-codes to 136
attaching to e-m ail 247
defining repeating 128, 129
deleting 140–142
finding overlapping 149
m arking as private 125, 156
rescheduling 138–139, 147
scheduling 124, 126, 153
setting alarm s for 137, 154
sharing 156
adding applications to 107
battery life and 356
beam ing from 245
benefits of 98
copying applications to 105, 247
deleting inform ation on 106
form atting 106
presetting currency sym bols 197
related topics for 204
saving inform ation in 195
synchronizing inform ation for 71
transferring inform ation to 63
Expense icon 25
Expense Preferences dialog box 194, 197
expense records 194, 196, 197, 200
expense reports 25, 196, 201, 202
Expense type pick list 194
external devices 316
opening applications on 101
overview 97
preventing dam age to 100
related topics for 107
rem oving 100
rem oving applications on 284
renam ing 104
transferring audio files to 206–212
transferring desktop software to 26
transferring photos to 224, 237
external files 95
external speaker 311
F
fade setting 151, 291
FAQs 354
FCC Statem ent 376
features 22, 31
Zire™ 31 Handheld
389
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
File Link feature 95
file nam es 105
file types 278
fonts 292–293
forgetting passwords 258
form ats
deleting inform ation with 67
deleting ShortCuts 309
entering com m ands with 32, 49
entering inform ation with 42–51
entering ShortCut strokes for 52–53,
307
files
attaching to e-m ail 247
displaying 103
displaying HotSync log 73
installation prerequisites for 274
installing on handheld 278, 279, 280,
281
opening 102
im age files 224
getting help with 48
guidelines for 43
overview 41
inform ation-specific 302
form atting expansion cards 106
freeing up space 62, 142, 284, 358
frequently asked questions 354
front panel controls 19
frozen screen 21, 348, 349, 357
full-screen pen stroke 294, 297
full-screen writing 180
setting alternate stroke shapes for 306
setting preferences for 304–309
troubleshooting problem s with 359
GSM m obile phones 316
rem oving 106
H
rem oving from handheld 62
restoring archived 62
sending inform ation to 247
transferring to handheld 26, 60
finances 27, 193, 265
Find dialog box 23, 38
Find icon 22, 23
Find More button 38
finding
handheld-based software catalog 276
handhelds
accessing features 22, 31
adding applications to 70
adding software to 26, 27, 98, 276
beam ing to 242
benefits of 18
charging 4, 21, 315
checking space on 274
connecting to other devices 316
connecting to PCs 8, 21
connecting to power adapter 21, 315
controls described 19–21
copying photos to 224, 237
custom izing 17, 25, 289
disconnecting from HotSync cable 73,
75, 361
G
gam es 27, 98, 268, 276, 311
gestures (Graffiti 2 writing) 49
Get IP com m and 330
Getting Started Guide 26
GIF files 224
GPRS m obile phones 316
Graffiti 2 Preferences screen 306
Graffiti 2 writing
contacts 117
overlapping events 149
photos 227
flow control (connections) 320
Flow Ctl pick list 320
folders 280, 362
changing strokes for 309
choosing input area for 304
copying and pasting with 66
creating tasks with 158
displaying all applications on 271
do’s and don’ts 347
freeing up space on 62, 142, 284, 358
Font com m and 293
Zire™ 31 Handheld
390
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
getting help with 374
installing additional applications 276,
losing 312
handwriting 359
hard resets 259, 300, 350, 351, 357
headphones 348
hiding
connecting to PCs with 8, 21
disconnecting 73, 75, 361
reconnecting 75
synchronizing with 72, 73, 79
HotSync icon 22, 23, 296
HotSync log 73
HotSync Manager
infrared option m issing 365
not responding 363
restoring inform ation from 351
starting 87
366
synchronizing and 72
opening 356
overview 18
currency sym bols 202
private entries 250, 252
highlighting m enu com m ands 37
high-speed data services 321
turning off 87
HotSync Manager icon 72, 361
HotSync m enu 282
HotSync Online Troubleshooting Guide 361
HotSync software 25, 72
how-to inform ation xiv
playing m usic on 205, 213, 216
rem oving item s 62
running out of space on 98
setting power preferences for 313–315
History dialog box 191
Hom e icon 22, 30
I
ICES Statem ent 377
icons 22, 25, 33, 290, 296, 358
idle tim eouts 326
im age files 224, 278
im ages See photos
im porting
custom izing 290
contacts 122
synchronizing 8, 69–85, 258
system requirem ents for 2
tim ing out 362
troubleshooting 310, 354
turning itself off 358
turning on accidentally 313
turning on and off 6, 19, 30, 259
upgrading 4, 7
opening applications on 30–31
opening category list on 101
returning to 34
inform ation 12, 60, 95
incom patible applications 371
incorrect dates and tim e 358
Info com m and 274
Info dialog box 274
inform ation
selecting applications on 25, 34
viewing application list for 25
hosts 326
HotSync cable 319
accessing 33, 250
backing up 8, 26, 71, 98
connecting to networks with 78
Zire™ 31 Handheld
391
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
infrared port See IR port
input area 19, 22, 42, 304
inserting expansion cards 20, 99
installation CD 2, 26, 276, 354
installation prerequisites 274
installing
synchronizing with 72, 74, 75, 79, 365
IR to a PC/Handheld connection 316, 317
IR-enabled laptop 74
categorizing 264, 268
changing 65
ISP accounts 321
deleting 36, 62, 67, 106, 259, 358
duplicating 116
entering 21, 40, 41, 70, 304, 312
im porting 60, 95
im porting to profiles 12
keeping private 249, 251
receiving from outside sources 17
saving 31, 62, 360
searching for 23, 38
selecting 19, 65
setting up m ultiple handhelds for 7
sharing 20, 28, 110, 172, 241, 247
synchronization guidelines for 71
tracking 27
transferring to expansion cards 247
updating 8, 56, 69, 70
upgrades and saving 7
J
J PG files 224
K
key term s xv
additional software 26, 276, 278
applications 26, 70, 101, 273, 278
files 70
folders 280
m obile databases 27
keyboard icons 23
keyboard shortcuts 32
keyboards
connecting to portable 174
entering inform ation with 54, 55
opening alternative 55
types of 23
Keylock 19, 313, 314
Keylock Preferences screen 313, 356
keys (onscreen keyboard) 55
Internet Service Providers (ISPs) 316, 321,
322
IP addresses 326
L
LANSync Prefs dialog box 85
laptops 74
large fonts 293
left arrow controls 23
Left button (navigator) 34, 35, 37
letter keyboard 54
Letter keyboard icon 23
letter selection 30
License Agreem ent ii
lightning bolt icon 357
Lim itation of Liability statem ent ii
line selection 65
IR devices 74
IR port
beam ing from 242, 243, 244
connecting to networks with 78
creating connections for 316
disabling 77
location of 20
selecting connections for 319
linking to outside sources 17
Zire™ 31 Handheld
392
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
list screens 35
lists
m aintenance 347
m aintenance inform ation 28
Make Default check box 94
Manual synchronization option 87
m anually locking handhelds 259, 262
m arking inform ation as private 251
Mask Private Records option 252
m asking private entries 250, 252, 253
m ath calculators 25, 27, 189
MCI connections 323
m edia form ats 206
m em ory 284, 358
m em ory button (Calculator) 190
m em ory cards 106, 205, 226
m em ory clear button (Calculator) 190
m em ory recall button (Calculator) 190
m em os
Look Up line (Contacts) 117
losing inform ation xiv, 5, 71, 356
losing passwords 258, 259
Lost Password button 258
low batteries 356
low battery 5
lowercase letters 43, 305
creating To Do 157
displaying applications icons in 290
displaying song 212
finding item s in 340
m oving between item s in 35, 37
rearranging item s in 175
selecting item s in 23, 24, 35
loading user profiles 15, 16
Local Area Networks See networks
locating
M
Mac applications 26, 27, 58
Mac inform ation
creating contacts 121
creating notes 187
contacts 117
controls 39
overlapping events 149
listening to m usic 207
See also notes; Mem os application
adding contact inform ation to 117, 173
attaching to e-m ail 247
beam ing 244
categorizing 178
creating 172, 173, 174
deleting 176
Location pick list 299, 340
341
locations, deleting 342
Lock Handheld dialog box 260
lock options 261
displaying 174
editing 174, 175
synchronizing handheld 71, 76
synchronizing with user profiles 16
troubleshooting problem s 354
turning off IR port 77
keeping private 178, 251
organizing 175, 178
saving 173, 176
sharing 178
locking
uninstalling Palm Desktop software 286
viewing photos 225, 239
writing m em os 177
transferring to PCs 175
Mem os application
handheld buttons 313
handhelds 259–262, 312
locks 105, 245
categorizing inform ation in 265
changing m em os in 174
deleting m em os 176
Mac OS X system s 281
m agnifying glass (Adobe Reader) xvi
log files 73
Zire™ 31 Handheld
393
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
getting help with 177
installing 25
opening 173, 296
overview 172
selecting m em os 174
transferring inform ation to 63
troubleshooting 367
m onthly schedules 148
playlists 214
user profiles 12, 13
navigating through docum entation xvi
navigational controls 23
navigator 19, 23, 33–37
navigator buttons 34, 35, 36, 37
negative num bers 190
Network Preferences dialog box 81
Network Preferences screen 321, 324, 325,
327, 328
MP3 files 206
m ulti-day events 131
m ulti-line descriptions 124
m ultim edia applications 268
MultiMediaCard expansion cards 98, 205
m usic
network settings 321–332
networks
writing m em os with 173
Mem os icon 25
Mem os list 173, 174, 175
m enu bar 31
creating login scripts for 328–331
deleting service profiles for 327
dialing in to 78, 316
losing connections to 357
selecting com m unications protocol for
326
setting IP addresses for 326
setting service for 81
setting up service profiles for 321, 322
synchronizing with 72, 78, 83, 319, 321,
324
changing playlists for 217
creating playlists for 214–215
related topics for 222
saving 210
selecting 213, 215
stopping 213
storing 98
Menu icon 22, 31, 359
m essages
Microsoft Outlook See Outlook
Microsoft Windows system s See Windows
inform ation
Microsoft Word application 175
Mini-USB connector icon 21
m issing icons 358
new lines 173
New Profile screen 12, 13
next arrow 23
Note Pad
m usic files 205, 206
See also notes
categorizing inform ation in 265, 269
clearing 180
creating notes from 180
deleting notes in 186
displaying notes in 185
getting help with 187
installing 25
m obile databases 27
m obile phones 78, 316, 321
Modem Sync Prefs dialog box 80
m odem s 78, 316, 319, 320, 322
m oney applications 27
Money category 265
N
nam es See usernam es
nam ing
connections 319
expansion cards 104
photo album s 233
m oney See currency
Zire™ 31 Handheld
394
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
category list 34
dialog boxes 24
handheld 356
m asked entries 253
requiring password entry for 255
restoring archived item s to 62
synchronizing inform ation with 70, 71
system requirem ents for 2
troubleshooting 354
uninstalling 285
setting alarm s in 183
setting color preferences 181–182
troubleshooting 368
Note Pad icon 25
Palm OS handhelds 28
Palm Quick Install icon 279
Palm Quick Install window 280
Palm Reader 27
palm One Photos See Photos application
palm One Quick Install software 26, 70, 278,
364
parts (handheld) 2
Password screen 254
passwords
notes
Note Pad 180
See also m em os
RealOne Mobile Player 221
operating system s 2
optional inform ation xiv
options 24, 36, 37, 86
See also preferences; security options
organizing
adding to photos 232
attaching alarm s to 183
categorizing 180, 188
creating 180
deleting 186
editing 180, 185
saving 180
selecting 185
inform ation 39, 264
changing 255
creating 254, 259
Owner Preferences screen 312
deleting 257, 258
entering 322, 325
forgetting 258
No-tim e icon 144
locking handhelds with 259, 312
losing 259
om itting 322
overview 253
requiring 255
num ber form ats 204, 302, 303
num ber keyboard 54
Num ber keyboard icon 23
num bers 45, 54, 190, 305
num eric keyboard 23
P
com pleting repeated tasks and 165
defined 2
security options for 250
tracking 27
troubleshooting 369
Paste com m and 66
Paste icon 33
pasting inform ation 66, 191
patches 284
O
om itting passwords 322
Online Troubleshooting Guide 361
onscreen keyboards See keyboards
opening
entering inform ation in 56, 57, 59
im porting inform ation to 60, 62
installing 7, 26
online help for 56
opening applications in 56, 58
applications 30, 34, 56, 101, 296
calendars 155
PCs See personal com puters
PDAs 18
Zire™ 31 Handheld
395
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
pen 181, 294
creating 233
Photos application
categorizing inform ation in 265
copying photos 237
creating photo album s 233
deleting photos 238
displaying photos from 226, 227
getting help with 239
installing 26, 109, 290
m oving photos 235
opening 226, 239
period (.) character 305
peripheral devices 20
rem oving photos 234, 235, 238
personal com puters
backing up system inform ation for 71
connecting to 8, 21, 319
sorting photos in 236
Photo Details screen 232, 238
photos
copying inform ation to 247
copying photos from 224
entering inform ation with 56
entering network inform ation for 79
m anaging schedules from 155
preinstalled software for 26
overview 223
related topics for 240
rotating photos 229
sorting photos 236
storing files for 102
synchronizing inform ation for 71
transferring photos with 224
troubleshooting 368
viewing photo details 231
viewing slide shows 228
Photos icon 26
pick lists 23, 24, 37
See also lists
pictures See photos
playback 368
playing m usic 205, 213, 216
playlists
adding to album s 224, 234
adding to contacts 109, 110
adding to slide shows 228
finding 227
transferring m usic from 206, 209
personal inform ation 253
personalizing contact inform ation 114
personalizing handheld 1, 17
phone drivers 316
Phone Lookup 63, 117
phone settings 322
m oving 232, 235
organizing 233
renam ing 232
saving 233
selecting as backgrounds 151, 291
sharing 224, 240
storing 98, 102
viewing 98
creating 214
deleting songs on 218
displaying 212
editing 217
nam ing 214
rem oving 219
reordering m usic on 218
selecting m usic from 213, 216
phones 316, 319, 321
See also conference calls
photo album s
viewing by dates 236
viewing details 232
adding photos 224, 234
Zire™ 31 Handheld
396
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
troubleshooting 369
ports 20, 21
R
applications 39
calendar 156
m em os 178
notes 188
tasks 171
RealOne icon 213
RealOne Mobile Player
accessing CDs from 209
adding song lists 214
com patible form ats for 206
deleting playlists 219
displaying song details 220
editing playlists 217
power adapter 21, 347, 357
Power button 19
power button 5, 19
power connector 21
power consum ption options 314
power preferences 313–315
Power Preferences screen 314
powerOne Calculator 27
power-saving settings 314, 315
PRC applications 331
Private check box 251
profiles 11–16
program s See software; applications
Prom pt com m and 330
prom pts 329
getting help with 211, 214, 221, 222
installing 27, 206, 207
opening 221
opening files for 102
overview 205
precautions 348, 356, 379
predefined service profiles 325
preferences 289, 333
protecting inform ation 71, 98, 249, 251, 259
protecting your handheld 347
Purge Categories dialog box 201
purging item s 358
playing songs from 216
setting period of inactivity for 213
starting 213
troubleshooting 368
turning off 213
Prefs icon 25
prerequisites xv
preset delays 261
reassigning application buttons 30, 296
reboots See resetting handheld
Receipt Details dialog box 196
recharging handhelds 4, 5, 315, 347, 356
recipes 176
previous arrow 23
reconnecting HotSync cable 75
Record m enu 243
record screens 35
recording network inform ation 79
records
Q
prim ary location 336, 337, 342, 345
Prim ary PC Setup com m and 79
printing
quarterly tasks 162
Query DNS check box 326
questions and answers 354
Quick Install icon 206, 279
Quick Install software 26, 70, 278, 364
Quick Install window 280
Quick Look Up icon 117
Quick Look Up line 117
Quick Tour 6, 25
deleting expense 200, 201
entering inform ation in 110
getting num ber of 275
hard resets and 350
m oving between 35
setting privacy levels for 252
expense reports 25
online docum entation xvi
prioritizing tasks 158, 169
privacy FAGs 369
privacy levels 252
Zire™ 31 Handheld
397
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
recurring events 124
categories 266
restoring defaults 296
restoring inform ation 258, 259, 351
restrictions 348, 356
right arrow controls 23
related features (handheld) xv
related item s 265
related topics xv
Rem em ber Last Category check box 290
rem inders
photos 232
Repeat icon 145
repeating events
Right button (navigator) 34, 35, 37
rotary dialing 319
Rotate Photo com m and 230
Rotate Photo dialog box 230
rotating photos 229
changing 139
deleting 140, 141
displaying 152
running out of m em ory 284
running out of space 98
canceling 344
creating 179
scheduling 111, 124
scheduling 128, 129
repeating tasks 160, 162, 165, 166
required steps xiv
rescheduling events 138–139, 147
S
setting alarm s as 343
specifying notes as 183
rem ote access 78, 321
rem oving
saving
appointm ents 125
battery power 313
contacts 111, 118
inform ation 31, 62, 360
m em os 173, 176
m usic files 205, 210
notes 180
See also deleting
cancelled tasks 166
com pleted tasks 167
confirm ation m essages 186
files from handheld 62
old events 140, 142
Palm Desktop software 285
photos from album s 234, 235, 238
repeating tasks 166
alarm s 138
application buttons 296
clock 300, 337
photos 233
synchronization settings 92, 94
tasks 158, 166, 167
schedules 123, 143, 151, 298
See also appointm ents; calendar
scheduling
appointm ents 124–125
backup and synchronization 71
events 124, 126, 153
rem inders 111, 124
repeating tasks 160, 162
untim ed events 127
scheduling conflicts 123
Graffiti 2 ShortCut strokes 309
handhelds 348, 357
local preferences 298, 300
passwords 255
preset connections 316
preset form ats 302
screen fonts 293
selection highlight 34, 35
unused inform ation 358
Renam e Card dialog box 104
Renam e Custom Fields dialog box 114
server profiles 322
speaker volum e 311
resizing text 174
restoring archived item s 62
Zire™ 31 Handheld
398
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
screen
security levels 250
photo album s 226, 227, 228, 234
security levels 250
synchronization settings 72
selection highlight 34, 35
selection tool 347
blank 357
caring for 347
applications 39
calendar 156
self-help resources 374
Send com m and 330
caution for writing on 21
changing colors of 295
changing fonts for 292–293
clearing 180
contacts 122
m em os 178
notes 188
tasks 171
Send CR com m and 330
Send Password com m and 330
Send to Handheld dialog box 281
Send To Handheld droplet 26, 207, 281
Send to Handheld droplet 225
Send To Palm Quick Install com m and 279
Send User ID com m and 330
Serial Port drop-down box 366
Service Connection Progress m essages 324
Service pick list 322, 325
service profiles
deleting 327
selecting 324
setting up 321, 322, 325
service tem plates 321
services 316, 329
Set Alarm dialog box 159, 184
Set as default check box 92
Set Country dialog box 303
Set Date & Tim e button 337
Set Date dialog box 301, 337
Set Tim e dialog box 125, 301, 338
setting alarm s 137, 159, 184, 343
setting up handhelds 1, 6, 17
settings See preferences
setup 354
displayed 19
Security Preferences dialog box
changing passwords 255
creating passwords 254
deleting passwords 257, 258
locking handhelds 260, 262, 312
m asking private entries 252
Select Colors dialog box 181
selecting
frozen 21, 348, 349, 357
inserting selection highlight 34
m aintaining 347
not responding 21
writing areas on 19, 42, 44, 48
scripts 331
scroll bar 24
scrolling
accelerating 35
alternate stroke shapes 306
available options 24
clock display options 345
com m unications protocol 326
connections 319, 322
currency options 196, 197, 198
inform ation 19, 65
application categories 34
from screen-to-screen 24
letter selection versus 30
list screens 35
record screens 35
to dates 124
SD m em ory cards 98, 205, 226
SDIO accessories 98
Internet Service Providers (ISPs) 322
item s in lists 35
SDIO expansion cards 98
searching for inform ation 23, 38, 117
m enu com m ands 31, 32, 33, 37
m usic 213, 215
sharing
events 156
Zire™ 31 Handheld
399
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Solitaire 27
Song Details com m and 220
starting
HotSync Manager 87
locked handhelds 259
Outlook applications 90
RealOne Player 213
sharing FAQs 370
ShortCut strokes (Graffiti 2 writing)
backing up 307
static electricity 348, 379–380
stopping
creating 214
changing 309
deleting 309
displaying 212
inform ation searches 38
playback 213
described 52–53
reordering m usic on 218
selecting item s 213, 216
troubleshooting 369
slide shows 229
storage 97, 98
storing MP3 files 206
setting up 307
ShortCut Text line 308
shortcuts xv, 24, 32, 66, 297
ShortCuts Preferences screen 307, 309
Show History com m and 191
Show Multiple Locations setting 345
Show Private Records dialog box 253
Show Private Records option 252
sidebars xv
Slide Show Delay pick list 228
slider 23
stylus 21, 42, 347
switching between applications 31, 101
sym bols 50, 51, 54, 109, 305
synchronization settings 72, 86–94
synchronization software 89, 285
synchronize (defined) 8
synchronizing
songs 98, 205
See also m usic
Sounds & Alerts Preferences 311
space inform ation (handheld) 274
specifications 377
speed (com m unications) 316, 317, 320
Speed pick list 317, 320
Splash Money application 27
spreadsheets 60, 195
square root button (Calculator) 190
caution for 285
handhelds 8, 69–85, 258
installing applications and 278, 279
over networks 78, 83
prerequisites for 71, 78
troubleshooting problem s with 73, 361–
366
Snooze setting 344
soft resets 348, 357
software
with external files 95
with HotSync cable 73, 79
with IR port 72, 74, 75, 79, 365
with Microsoft Outlook 56, 70, 362
with user profiles 11, 14
system inform ation 71
system requirem ents 2
System Sound pick list 311
See also specific application
adding 26, 27, 98, 276
downloading 17
downloading trial versions of 276
installing 25, 26, 70, 276, 278
Zire™ 31 Handheld
400
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
text files 60, 95
T
tab-delim ited files 60
tapping com m and buttons 24
additional inform ation for 171
installing 25
third-party applications 8, 357, 371, 372
thousands separator 303
Thum bnail icon 226
Thum bnail view 226, 238
thum bnails (photos) 151, 226, 238, 291
tim e
saving inform ation in 158
setting alarm s 159
Task Preferences dialog box 159, 168
tasks
blocking out periods of 128, 131
changing 337
See also Tasks application
adding contact inform ation to 117
adding notes to 158
adding to Tasks list 168
archiving 166, 167
assigning due dates to 158, 159, 163
attaching to e-m ail 247
deleting 166–167
m anaging 157
organizing 164
reordering 169
overview 157
checking 335
rem oving tasks 166, 167
saving inform ation for 167
securing contents 171
setting display options for 164
setting preferences for 168–169
displaying current 22, 339
displaying free 151
displaying specific periods of 151
entering current 52
entering display options for 153
incorrect 358
resetting 138, 300
scheduling periods of 125
setting 337
technical term s xv
setting current 301
setting for alarm s 137, 160, 184
setting location-specific 25, 298
unscheduled events and 127
tim e bars 151
tim e form ats 302, 303
tim e zones 298, 299, 339, 341
tim ed events 152
text
changing screen fonts for 292
copying and pasting 66
entering 41, 42, 54
entering abbreviations for 307, 308
resizing 174
searching for 38
tim es
saving 158, 166, 167
setting for alarm s 343
tips xv, 17
Tips icon 23, 24
To Do lists 157
See also tasks
toolbars 33
top arrow controls 24
scheduling repeating 160, 162
setting alarm s for 159, 169
setting repeat intervals for 161, 163
viewing due dates for 169
viewing overdue 169
selecting 38, 65
viewing against photos 151
Zire™ 31 Handheld
401
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
tracking
transfer options 352
travel guides 98
trial software 276
troubleshooting 73, 310, 354
turning handheld on and off 6, 19, 30, 259,
313, 315
turning off alarm s 344
turning off HotSync Manager 87
tutorial 7
USB port 8, 21, 73
user profiles 11–16
User’s Guide xiv, xvi, 374
usernam es 11, 71, 322, 325, 350
searching for 117
HotSync log 73
inform ation by category 271
item s in lists 35
m em os 174
m enus 22
notes 185
photos 98, 224, 226, 227, 228
schedules 143, 145, 147, 148
song lists 212
space inform ation 274
tasks 143, 151, 164, 165, 168, 169
transm itted inform ation 321
unread m essages 143, 151
User’s Guide xiv, xvi
World Clock 345
Users folder 285
user-specific inform ation 11
V
vacations 131
video 232
viewing
views in Calendar 123, 143
virus-scanning software 354
volum e 311, 319, 344
Volum e setting (connections) 319
U
W
Undo icon 33
applications 101, 271
calendars 123
Category pick list 151, 152
Com m and toolbar 33
contact inform ation 114, 119
current date and tim e 335, 339
current tim e and date 22
events 136, 152, 153
Graffiti 2 alternate strokes 306
hidden or m asked entries 253
Hom e screen 22, 30, 34
Wait For com m and 329
Wait For Prom pt com m and 329
Waiting for sender m essage 366
warnings 358, 378
warranty 356
web browsers 321
web services 316
web sites xv, 17
week days 303
Week View 147, 149, 153
Week View icon 147
weekly events 128
weekly schedules 147, 149
weekly tasks 161, 163
Unfiled category 266
Unfiled category (Photos) 234
unfiled item s 244
unfreezing handheld 348, 350, 357
uninstalling Palm Desktop software 285
unscheduled events 127
untim ed events 111, 126, 127, 131, 152
up arrow controls 23
Up button (navigator) 35, 37
updating
application inform ation 89
inform ation 8, 56, 69, 70
Zire™ 31 Handheld
402
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
writing with Graffiti 2 characters 32, 41, 52,
305
creating login scripts 328
creating user profiles 12
Y
year, selecting 301, 337
yearly events 128
yearly tasks 161, 163
handheld system requirem ents 2
HotSync cable connections 75
im porting 60
Z
ZIP files 364
Zire handhelds See handhelds
installing software 7, 276, 278–280
listening to m usic 206, 209
opening calendars 155
opening tasks 170
restoring inform ation 351
writing m em os 177
wireless connections 72
wireless service providers 321
Word docum ents 175
word selection 65
World Clock 137, 298, 334, 343, 345
World Clock icon 25, 335
Writing Area Preferences screen 304
writing areas 19, 42, 44, 48
writing in your own handwriting 179
writing tool 21, 347
Zire™ 31 Handheld
403
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|